Attached files

file filename
EX-31.1 - CERTIFICATION BY THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF THE REGISTRANT - JABIL INCd126783dex311.htm
EX-32.2 - CERTIFICATION BY THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE REGISTRANT - JABIL INCd126783dex322.htm
EX-32.1 - CERTIFICATION BY THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF THE REGISTRANT - JABIL INCd126783dex321.htm
EX-31.2 - CERTIFICATION BY THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE REGISTRANT - JABIL INCd126783dex312.htm
EX-23.1 - CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM - JABIL INCd126783dex231.htm
EX-21.1 - LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES - JABIL INCd126783dex211.htm
EX-10.6O - FORM OF PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT - JABIL INCd126783dex106o.htm
EX-10.6N - FORM OF PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT - JABIL INCd126783dex106n.htm
EX-10.6M - FORM OF PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT - JABIL INCd126783dex106m.htm
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016

or

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-14063

 

 

 

LOGO

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   38-1886260

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(727) 577-9749

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on February 29, 2016 was approximately $3.9 billion. For purposes of this determination, shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock as of the close of business on October 6, 2016, was 185,579,700. The registrant does not have any non-voting stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on January 26, 2017 is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

2016 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I.      
        Item 1.   

Business

     2   
        Item 1A.   

Risk Factors

     11   
        Item 1B.   

Unresolved Staff Comments

     27   
        Item 2.   

Properties

     28   
        Item 3.   

Legal Proceedings

     29   
        Item 4.   

Mine Safety Disclosures

     29   
Part II.      
        Item 5.   

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     29   
        Item 6.   

Selected Financial Data

     31   
        Item 7.   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     32   
        Item 7A.   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     48   
        Item 8.   

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     49   
        Item 9.   

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     49   
        Item 9A.   

Controls and Procedures

     50   
        Item 9B.   

Other Information

     51   
Part III.      
        Item 10.   

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     51   
        Item 11.   

Executive Compensation

     51   
        Item 12.   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     51   
        Item 13.   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     51   
        Item 14.   

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     51   
Part IV.      
        Item 15.   

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     51   
Signatures         96   


Table of Contents

References in this report to “the Company,” “Jabil,” “we,” “our,” or “us” mean Jabil Circuit, Inc. together with its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) which are made in reliance upon the protections provided by such acts for forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements (such as when we describe what “will,” “may,” or “should” occur, what we “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “believe,” “expect” or “anticipate” will occur, and other similar statements) include, but are not limited to, statements regarding future sales and operating results, potential risks pertaining to these future sales and operating results, future prospects, anticipated benefits of proposed (or future) acquisitions, dispositions and new facilities, growth, the capabilities and capacities of business operations, any financial or other guidance and all statements that are not based on historical fact, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events. We make certain assumptions when making forward-looking statements, any of which could prove inaccurate, including, but not limited to, statements about our future operating results and business plans. Therefore, we can give no assurance that the results implied by these forward-looking statements will be realized. Furthermore, the inclusion of forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by the Company or any other person that future events, plans or expectations contemplated by the Company will be achieved. The ultimate correctness of these forward-looking statements is dependent upon a number of known and unknown risks and events, and is subject to various uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these statements. The following important factors, among others, could affect future results and events, causing those results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:

 

    business conditions and growth or declines in our customers’ industries, the electronic manufacturing services industry and the general economy;

 

    variability of our operating results;

 

    our dependence on a limited number of major customers;

 

    any potential future termination, or substantial winding down, of significant customer relationships;

 

    availability of components;

 

    our dependence on certain industries;

 

    the susceptibility of our production levels to the variability of customer requirements, including seasonal influences on the demand for certain end products;

 

    our substantial international operations, and the resulting risks related to our operating internationally, including weak global economic conditions, instability in global credit markets, governmental restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S. and unfavorable fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

    the potential consolidation of our customer base, and the potential movement by some of our customers of a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity;

 

    our ability to successfully negotiate definitive agreements and consummate acquisitions, and to integrate operations following the consummation of acquisitions;

 

    our ability to successfully negotiate definitive agreements and consummate dispositions, and to disentangle operations following the consummation of dispositions;

 

    our ability to take advantage of our past, current and possible future restructuring efforts to improve utilization and realize savings and whether any such activity will adversely affect our cost structure, our ability to service customers and our labor relations;

 

    our ability to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise;

 

    other economic, business and competitive factors affecting our customers, our industry and our business generally; and

 

    other factors that we may not have currently identified or quantified.

For a further list and description of various risks, relevant factors and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained in this document, and any subsequent reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K, and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Given these risks and uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. You should read this document and the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We may not update these forward-looking statements, even if our situation changes in the future. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

 

1


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

The Company

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotive, capital equipment, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, digital home, emerging growth, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale and printing industries. We serve our customers primarily with dedicated business units that combine highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. Based on net revenue, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, our largest customers include Apple, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Dell Technologies, General Electric Company, Hewlett-Packard Company, Ingenico S.A., LM Ericsson Telephone Company, NetApp, Inc., Valeo S.A. and Zebra Technologies Corporation. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, we had net revenues of approximately $18.4 billion and net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc. of approximately $254.1 million.

We offer our customers comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services that are responsive to their manufacturing and supply chain management needs. Our business units are capable of providing our customers with varying combinations of the following services:

 

    integrated design and engineering;

 

    component selection, sourcing and procurement;

 

    automated assembly;

 

    design and implementation of product testing;

 

    parallel global production;

 

    enclosure services;

 

    systems assembly, direct order fulfillment and configure to order; and

 

    injection molding, metal, plastics, precision machining and automation.

We currently conduct our operations in facilities that are located in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Ukraine, the U.S. and Vietnam. Our global manufacturing production sites allow customers to manufacture products simultaneously in the optimal locations for their products. Our services allow customers to reduce manufacturing costs, improve supply-chain management, reduce inventory obsolescence, lower transportation costs and reduce product fulfillment time. Our global presence is key to assessing our business opportunities.

We report our business in the following two segments: Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”). Our EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, sharing of our large scale manufacturing infrastructure and the ability to serve a broad range of end markets. Our EMS segment includes customers primarily in the automotive, capital equipment, computing and storage, digital home, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications, point of sale and printing industries. Our DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions and a focus on material sciences and technologies. Our DMS segment includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, emerging growth, healthcare, mobility and packaging industries.

Our principal executive offices are located at 10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, and our telephone number is (727) 577-9749. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1992. Our website is located at http://www.jabil.com. Through a link on the “Investors” section of our website, we make available the following financial filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC: our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. All such filings are available free of charge. Information contained in our website, whether currently posted or posted in the future, is not a part of this document or the documents incorporated by reference in this document.

 

2


Table of Contents

Industry Background

The industry in which we operate has historically been composed of companies that provide a range of design and manufacturing services to companies that utilize electronics components. The industry experienced rapid change and growth through the 1990s as an increasing number of companies chose to outsource an increasing portion, and, in some cases, all of their manufacturing. In mid-2001, the industry’s revenue declined as a result of significant cut-backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overall downturn in the technology sector. In response to this downturn in the technology sector, we implemented restructuring programs to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers. Industry revenues generally began to stabilize in 2003 and companies began to turn more to outsourcing versus internal manufacturing. In addition, the number of industries serviced, as well as the market penetration in certain industries, by electronic manufacturing service providers has increased over the past several years. In mid-2008, the industry’s revenue declined when a deteriorating macro-economic environment resulted in illiquidity in global credit markets and a significant economic downturn in the North American, European and Asian markets. In response to this downturn, and the termination of our business relationship with BlackBerry Limited, we implemented additional restructuring programs, including the restructuring plans that were approved by our Board of Directors in fiscal year 2014 (the “2014 Restructuring Plan”) and in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”), to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers.

We continue to try to monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers that we serve as well as our end-markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can respond appropriately as circumstances continue to change. Over the longer term, however, we believe the factors driving our customers and potential customers to utilize our industry’s services include:

 

    Reduced Product Cost. Manufacturing service providers are often able to manufacture products at a reduced total cost to companies. These cost advantages result from higher utilization of capacity because of diversified product demand and, generally, a greater focus on elements of manufacturing cost.

 

    Accelerated Product Time-to-Market and Time-to-Volume. Manufacturing service providers are often able to deliver accelerated production start-ups and achieve high efficiencies in transferring new products into production. Providers are also able to more rapidly scale production for changing markets and to position themselves in global locations that serve the leading world markets. With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

 

    Access to Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technologies. Customers gain access to additional advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as product and production design. Product and production design services may offer customers significant improvements in the performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability of their products.

 

    Improved Inventory Management and Purchasing Power. Manufacturing service providers are often able to more efficiently manage both procurement and inventory, and have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due to the scale of their operations and continuous interaction with the materials marketplace.

 

    Reduced Capital Investment in Manufacturing. Companies are increasingly seeking to lower their investment in inventory, facilities and equipment used in manufacturing in order to allocate capital to other activities such as sales and marketing and research and development (“R&D”). This strategic shift in capital deployment has contributed to increased demand for and interest in outsourcing to external manufacturing service providers.

Our Strategy

We are focused on expanding our position as one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. To achieve this objective, we continue to pursue the following strategies:

 

    Establish and Maintain Long-Term Customer Relationships. Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. Over the past several years, we have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base. As a result of these efforts, we have experienced business growth from existing customers and from new customers. Additionally, our acquisitions have contributed to our business growth. We focus on maintaining long-term relationships with our customers and seek to expand these relationships to include additional product lines and services. In addition, we have a focused effort to identify and develop relationships with new customers who meet our profile.

 

    Utilize Business Units. Most of our business units are dedicated to one customer and operate by primarily utilizing dedicated production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. We believe our customer centric business units promote increased responsiveness to our customers’ needs, particularly as a customer relationship grows to multiple production locations.

 

3


Table of Contents
    Expand Parallel Global Production. Our ability to produce the same product on a global scale is a significant requirement of our customers. We believe that parallel global production is a key strategy to reduce obsolescence risk and secure the lowest landed costs while simultaneously supplying products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Ukraine and Vietnam to increase our European, Asian and Latin American presence.

 

    Offer Systems Assembly, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services. Our systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services allow our customers to reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing total work-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at all of our manufacturing locations.

 

    Offer Design Services. We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services for products that we manufacture for our customers. We provide these services to enhance our relationships with current customers by allowing them the flexibility to utilize complementary design services to achieve improvements in performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability, as well as to help develop relationships with new customers.

 

    Pursue Selective Acquisition Opportunities. Traditionally, EMS companies have acquired manufacturing capacity from customers to drive growth, expand footprint and gain new customers. More recently, our acquisition strategy has expanded beyond focusing on acquisition opportunities presented by companies divesting internal manufacturing operations to include opportunities to acquire DMS and EMS competitors who are focused on our key growth areas which include specialized manufacturing in key markets, materials technology, design operations and/or other acquisition opportunities complementary to our services offerings. The primary goal of our acquisition strategy is to complement our current capabilities, diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers and expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers. As the scope of our acquisition opportunities expands, the risks associated with our acquisitions expand as well, both in terms of the amount of risk we face and the scope of such risks. See “Risk Factors – We have on occasion not achieved, and may not in the future achieve, expected profitability from our acquisitions.”

Our Approach to Manufacturing

In order to achieve high levels of manufacturing performance, we have adopted the following approaches:

 

    Business Units. Most of our business units are dedicated to one customer and are empowered to formulate strategies tailored to individual customer needs. Most of our business units have dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. Under certain circumstances, a production line may include more than one business unit in order to maximize resource utilization. Business units have direct responsibility for manufacturing results and time-to-volume production, promoting a sense of individual commitment and ownership. The business unit approach is modular and enables us to grow incrementally without disrupting the operations of other business units. Business unit management reviews the customer financial information in order to assess whether or not the business units are meeting their designated responsibilities and to ensure that the daily execution of manufacturing activities are being effectively managed. The business units aggregate into operating segments based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market share strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles.

 

    Automated Continuous Flow. We use a highly automated, continuous flow approach where different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor to create an in-line assembly process. This process is in contrast to a batch approach, where individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as freestanding work-centers. The elimination of waiting time prior to sequential operations results in faster manufacturing, which improves production efficiencies and quality control, and reduces inventory work-in-process. Continuous flow manufacturing provides cost reductions and quality improvement when applied to volume manufacturing.

 

    Computer Integration. We support all aspects of our manufacturing activities with advanced computerized control and monitoring systems. Component inspection and vendor quality are monitored electronically in real-time. Materials planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are supported through a computerized Manufacturing Resource Planning system, providing customers with a continuous ability to monitor material availability and track work-in-process on a real-time basis. Manufacturing processes are supported by a real-time, computerized statistical process control system, whereby customers can remotely access our computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions, work-in-process status and vendor quality data. See “Technology” and “Risk Factors – Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.”

 

    Supply Chain Management. We make available an electronic commerce system/electronic data interchange and web-based tools for our customers and suppliers to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Most of our customers utilize these tools to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders. We use these tools with most of our suppliers for just-in-time delivery, supplier-managed inventory and consigned supplier-managed inventory.

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Design Services

We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services for products that we manufacture for our customers. We provide these services to enhance our relationships with current customers and to help develop relationships with our new customers. We offer the following design services:

 

    Electronic Design. Our Electronic Design team provides electronic circuit design services, including application-specific integrated circuit design, firmware development and rapid prototyping services. These services have been used by our customers for a variety of products including smart phones and accessory products, notebook and personal computers, servers, radio frequency products, video set-top boxes, optical communications products, communication and broadband products, automotive and consumer appliance controls.

 

    Industrial Design Services. Our Industrial Design team designs the “look and feel” of the plastic and metal enclosures that house the electro-mechanics, including the printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBA”).

 

    Mechanical Design. Our Mechanical Design team specializes in three-dimensional mechanical design with the analysis of electronic, electro-mechanical and optical assemblies using state of the art modeling and analytical tools. The mechanical team has extended Jabil’s product design offering capabilities to include all aspects of industrial design, advance mechanism development and tooling management.

 

    Computer-Assisted Design. Our Computer-Assisted Design (“CAD”) team provides PCBA design services using advanced CAD engineering tools, PCBA design validation and verification services, and other consulting services, which include the generation of a bill of materials, approved vendor list and assembly equipment configuration for a particular PCBA design. We believe that our CAD services result in PCBA designs that are optimized for manufacturability and cost efficiencies, and accelerate the product’s time-to-market and time-to-volume production.

 

    Product Validation. Our Product Validation team provides complete product and process validation. This includes product system test, product safety, regulatory compliance and reliability test.

 

    Manufacturing Test Solution Development. Our Manufacturing Test Solution Development team works as an integral function to the design team to embed design for testability and minimization of capital and resource investment for mass manufacturing. The use of software driven instrumentation and test process design and management has enhanced our customer product quality and less human dependent test processes. The full electronic test data-log of customer products has allowed customer product test traceability and visibility throughout the manufacturing test process.

Our teams are strategically staffed to support Jabil customers for all development projects, including turnkey system design and design for manufacturing activities. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.”

We are exposed to different or greater potential liabilities from our design services than those we face from our regular manufacturing services. See “Risk Factors – Our design services and turnkey solutions offerings may result in additional exposure to product liability, intellectual property infringement and other claims, in addition to the business risk of being unable to produce the revenues necessary to profit from these services.”

Our Systems Assembly, Test, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services

We offer systems assembly, test, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services to our customers. Our systems assembly services extend our range of assembly activities to include assembly of higher-level sub-systems and systems incorporating multiple PCBAs. We maintain systems assembly capacity to meet the demands of our customers. In addition, we provide testing services, based on quality assurance programs developed with our customers, of the PCBAs, sub-systems and systems products that we manufacture. Our quality assurance programs include circuit testing under various environmental conditions to try to ensure that our products meet or exceed required customer specifications. We also offer direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services for delivery of final products we assemble for our customers.

Technology

We believe that our manufacturing and testing technologies are among the most advanced in the industry. Through our R&D efforts, we intend to continue to offer our customers among the most advanced highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing process technologies for precise and aesthetic mechanical components and system assembly. These technologies include automation, electronic interconnection, advanced polymer and metal material science, automated tooling, single/multi-shot injection molding, stamping, multi-axis Computer Numerical Control, spray painting, vacuum metallization, physical vapor deposition, digital printing, anodization, thermal-plastic composite formation, plastic with embedded electronics, in-mold labeling, metal cover with insert-molded or die-casting features for assembly, seamless display cover with integrated touch sensor, plastic cover with insert-molded glass lens and advanced testing solutions. In addition to our R&D activities, we are continuously making refinements to our existing manufacturing processes in connection with providing manufacturing services to our customers. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.”

 

5


Table of Contents

Research and Development

To meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs, we continuously engage in product research and design activities. These activities include electronic design, mechanical design, software design, system level design, material processing research (including plastics, metal, glass and ceramic), component and product validation, as well as other design and process development related activities necessary to manufacture our customers’ products in the most cost-effective and consistent manner. We are engaged in advanced research and platform designs for products including: mobile internet devices and associated accessories, multi-media tablets, two-way radios, consumer lifestyles products, health care and life science products, server and storage products, set-top and digital home products, printing products and wearable technologies products. These activities focus on assisting our customers in product creation and manufacturing solutions. For fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, we expended $32.0 million, $27.6 million and $28.6 million, respectively, on R&D activities.

Financial Information about Business Segments

We derive revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services. Management evaluates performance and allocates resources on a segment basis. At August 31, 2016, our reportable operating segments consisted of two segments – EMS and DMS. See Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Customers and Marketing

Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with the size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. A small number of customers and significant industry sectors have historically comprised a major portion of our net revenue. The table below sets forth the respective portion of net revenue for the applicable period attributable to our customers who individually accounted for approximately 10% or more of our net revenue in any respective period:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Apple, Inc.

     24     24     18

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by segment expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

EMS

     60     60     67

DMS

     40     40     33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In fiscal year 2016, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 49% of our net revenue and 85 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. See “Risk Factors – Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue,” “Risk Factors – Consolidation in industries that utilize our services may adversely affect our business” and Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base, including but not limited to increasing our net revenue in the EMS and DMS segments through acquisitions and organic growth. Our Business Unit Managers and Directors, supported by executive management, work to expand existing customer relationships through the addition of product lines and services. These individuals also identify and attempt to develop relationships with new customers who meet our profile. This profile includes financial stability, need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing, anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability. Unlike traditional sales managers, our Business Unit Managers and Directors are responsible for ongoing management of production for their customers.

International Operations

A key element of our strategy is to provide localized production of global products for leading companies in the major consuming regions of the Americas, Europe, Asia and Africa. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Ukraine and Vietnam.

 

6


Table of Contents

Our European operations provide European and multinational customers with design and manufacturing services to satisfy their local market consumption requirements.

Our Asian operations enable us to provide local design and manufacturing services and a more competitive cost structure in the Asian market; and serve as a low cost manufacturing source for new and existing customers in the global market.

Our Latin American operations located in Mexico enable us to provide a low cost manufacturing source for new and existing customers principally in the U.S. marketplace. Our Latin American operations located in South America provide customers with manufacturing services to satisfy their local market consumption requirements.

Our African operations, located in South Africa, provide energy consulting and monitoring services and products to telecommunication customers throughout Africa.

See “Risk Factors – We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Competition

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturing service providers and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica Inc., Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina Corporation. Our diversified manufacturing services segment competes against numerous domestic and foreign providers, including AptarGroup, Inc., Berry Plastics Group, Inc., Catcher Technology Co., Ltd., Gerresheimer AG, Quanta Computer, Inc. and Zeniya Aluminum Engineering, Ltd. In addition, past consolidation in our industry has resulted in larger and more geographically diverse competitors who have significant combined resources with which to compete against us. Also, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers, and manufacturers that are focused solely on design and manufacturing services, that are selling, or may begin to sell electronic manufacturing services. Most of our competitors have international operations and significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, R&D and marketing resources than we have.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In the past, some of our customers moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

We may be operating at a cost disadvantage compared to competitors who (a) have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers, (b) have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide, (c) are willing to make sales or provide services at lower margins than we do (including relationships where our competitors are willing to accept a lower margin from certain of their customers for whom they perform other higher margin business) or (d) have increased their vertical capabilities, thereby potentially providing them greater cost savings. As a result, competitors may procure a competitive advantage and obtain business from our customers. Our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to significant proprietary protection. In addition, companies with greater resources or a greater market presence may enter our market or increase their competition with us. We also expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products or services, to reduce the sales prices of their current products or services and to introduce new products or services that may offer greater performance and improved pricing. Any of these developments could cause a decline in our sales, loss of market acceptance of our products or services, compression of our profits or loss of our market share. See “Risk Factors – We compete with numerous other diversified manufacturing service providers, electronic manufacturing services and design providers and others.”

Backlog

Our order backlog at August 31, 2016 and 2015 was valued at approximately $4.5 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively. Our order backlog is expected to be filled within the current fiscal year. Although our backlog consists of firm purchase orders, the level of backlog at any particular time may not be necessarily indicative of future sales. Given the nature of our relationships with our customers, we frequently allow our customers to cancel or reschedule deliveries, and therefore, backlog is often not a meaningful indicator of future financial results. Although we may seek to negotiate fees to cover the costs of such cancellations or rescheduling, we may not always be successful in such negotiations. See “Risk Factors – Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, or they may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and capital expenditures, and to maximize the efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.”

 

7


Table of Contents

Seasonality

Production levels for a portion of the DMS segment are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to higher demand for consumer related products manufactured in the DMS segment during the holiday selling season.

Components Procurement

We procure components from a broad group of suppliers, determined on an assembly-by-assembly basis. Almost all of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are only available from a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. A supply shortage can also increase our cost of goods sold, as a result of our having to pay higher prices for components in limited supply, and cause us to have to redesign or reconfigure products to accommodate a substitute component. In the past there have been industry wide conditions, natural disasters and global events that have caused material shortages. Such circumstances have produced insignificant levels of short-term interruption of our operations, but they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. Our production of a customer’s product could be negatively impacted by any quality, reliability or availability issues with any of our component suppliers. The financial condition of our suppliers could affect their ability to supply us with components and their ability to satisfy any warranty obligations they may have, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. See “Risk Factors – We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are critical to our manufacturing processes. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profit, increase our inventory carrying costs, increase our risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence and cause us to purchase components of a lesser quality.”

Proprietary Rights

We regard certain aspects of our design, production and product services as proprietary intellectual property. To protect our proprietary rights, we rely largely upon a combination of intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees, and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures. Although we take steps to protect our intellectual property, misappropriation may still occur. We have not historically sought patent protection for many of our proprietary processes, designs or other patentable intellectual property. We currently have a relatively modest number of solely owned and/or jointly held patents for various innovations. We believe that our research and design activities, along with developments relating thereto, may result in growth of our patent portfolio and its importance to us, particularly as we expand our business activities. Other factors significant to our proprietary rights include the knowledge and experience of our management and personnel and our ability to develop, enhance and market manufacturing services.

We license some technology and intellectual property rights from third parties that we use in providing some of our design, production and product management services to our customers. Generally, the license agreements which govern such third party technology and intellectual property rights grant us the right to use the subject technology anywhere in the world and will terminate upon a material breach by us. In the event of termination, we may not be successful in developing alternatives.

We do not believe that our designs, production and product management services infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties. However, if third parties successfully assert infringement claims against us with respect to past, current or future designs or processes, we could be required to enter into an expensive royalty arrangement, develop non-infringing designs or processes, discontinue use of the infringing design or processes, or engage in costly litigation. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise,” “Risk Factors - Our manufacturing processes and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringement and other claims,” “Risk Factors - The success of certain aspects of our business depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights” and “Risk Factors - Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers, our suppliers or us could harm our business.”

Employees

As of August 31, 2016, we employed approximately 138,000 people worldwide. None of our U.S. domestic employees are represented by a labor union. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by works councils. We have never experienced a significant work stoppage or strike and we believe that our employee relations are good.

Geographic Information

The information regarding net revenue and long-lived assets set forth in Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, is hereby incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1. Each of our segments is dependent on foreign operations.

 

8


Table of Contents

Environmental

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments or those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present or future regulations, we could become subject to liabilities, and we could face fines or penalties, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our operational, procurement and inventory management activities. See “Risk Factors – Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.”

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board. Each executive officer is a full-time employee of Jabil. There are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of our executive officers and any other persons pursuant to which any of such executive officers were selected. Below is a list of our executive officers as of the most recent practicable date.

Forbes I.J. Alexander (age 56) was named Chief Financial Officer in September 2004. Mr. Alexander joined Jabil in 1993 as Controller of Jabil’s Scottish operation and was promoted to Assistant Treasurer in April 1996. Mr. Alexander was Treasurer from November 1996 to August 2004. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Alexander was Financial Controller of Tandy Electronics European Manufacturing Operations in Scotland and has held various financial positions with Hewlett Packard and Apollo Computer. Mr. Alexander is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Management Accountants. He holds a B.A. in Accounting from the University of Abertay Dundee, Scotland.

Steven D. Borges (age 48) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Healthcare in September 2016. Mr. Borges joined Jabil in 1993 and has global experience in Business Development, Manufacturing Operations and Supply Chain Management. From 1993 through 2015, Mr. Borges held several positions, including various positions in operations through 1997, Business Unit Coordinator in 1998, Vice President, Business Development in 2002, Vice President, Business Development, Americas in 2003, Vice President, Global Business Units, EMS, in 2007, Senior Vice President, Industrial & Energy in 2013, Executive Vice President, CEO, Growth Markets in 2014 and Executive Vice President, CEO, Healthcare, in 2015. He holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration and Management from Fitchburg State University.

Sergio A. Cadavid (age 60) was named Senior Vice President, Treasurer in September 2013. Mr. Cadavid joined Jabil in 2006 as Treasurer. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Cadavid was Corporate Assistant Treasurer for Owens-Illinois, Inc. in Toledo, Ohio. Mr. Cadavid joined Owens – Illinois, Inc. in 1988 and held various financial and administrative positions in the U.S., Italy and Colombia. He has also held various positions with The Quaker Oats Company, Arthur Andersen & Co. and J.M. Family Enterprises, Inc. He holds an M.B.A. from the University of Florida and a B.B.A. from Florida International University.

Michael Dastoor (age 51) was named Senior Vice President, Controller in July 2010. Mr. Dastoor joined Jabil in 2000 as Regional Controller – Asia Pacific and was named Controller in June 2004. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Dastoor was a Regional Financial Controller for Inchcape PLC. Mr. Dastoor joined Inchcape in 1993. He holds a degree in Finance and Accounting from the University of Bombay. Mr. Dastoor is a Chartered Accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Erich Hoch (age 47) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Jabil Packaging Solutions in June 2016. Mr. Hoch joined Jabil in 2002 as Business Unit Manager as part of the Business Development Group. In 2005, he became a Vice President, Global Business Units presiding over Jabil’s display sector. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Hoch was Senior Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer where he developed solutions and strategies aimed at making Jabil a sustainable holistic supply chain management services organization. Most recently, he served as Executive Vice President of Engineering and Technology Services. Prior to Jabil, Mr. Hoch spent 18 years at Philips Electronics where he worked across multiple functional disciplines. Mr. Hoch received an engineering diploma in Vienna, Austria, in toolmaking and mechanics. He also holds various international certifications in Marketing, Purchasing, and Business Management.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Robert L. Katz (age 54) joined Jabil in March 2016 and was named Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in September 2016. Mr. Katz served as General Counsel of Jabil prior to this appointment. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Katz served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of SharkNinja. He was previously Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Ingersoll Rand plc from 2010 to 2015. Mr. Katz joined Ingersoll Rand from Federal-Mogul Corporation where he was Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer from 2007 to 2011. Prior to joining Federal-Mogul, he was General Counsel - EMEA and Regional Compliance Officer - EMEA for Delphi Corporation in Paris, France from 1999 to 2007. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Katz served as Assistant General Counsel for General Motors (Europe) AG in Zurich, Switzerland. He began his career with Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy working in the Mergers and Acquisitions and General Corporate Group in New York and London. He earned a Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) and a Bachelor of Civil Law (B.C.L.) from McGill University. He is a member of the New York Bar.

Michael J. Loparco (age 45) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Engineered Solutions Group in January 2016. Previously, Mr. Loparco served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Industrial and Energy, Senior Vice President, Global Business Units in Jabil’s High Velocity business and held a variety of global management positions. Before joining Jabil in 1999, Mr. Loparco was an attorney at Holland & Knight, LLP, practicing corporate and commercial litigation, and was a Certified Mediator in the judicial circuits of the State of Florida. He holds a Juris Doctorate from Stetson University College of Law; and attended Florida State University, College of Law, while serving with the Committee of Business and Professional Regulation for the Florida House of Representatives. He holds a Bachelor of Arts in International Business, with minor degrees in Spanish and Business Management, from Eckerd College.

Joseph A. McGee (age 54) was named Executive Vice President, Strategic Planning and Development in January 2010 and was designated as an executive officer in July 2013. Mr. McGee joined Jabil in 1993 as a Business Unit Manager. From 1993 through 2004, Mr. McGee held several positions, including Director of Business Development, Malaysia, General Manager, California and Vice President, Global Business Units. Mr. McGee was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Business Units in September 2004 and Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Development in June 2008. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. McGee held positions within Sun Microsystems, Philips, the University of Glasgow and the University of Strathclyde. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Strathclyde, an MBA from the University of Glasgow and a Doctorate in Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics from the University of Strathclyde.

Mark Mondello (age 52) was named Chief Executive Officer in March 2013. Mr. Mondello joined Jabil in 1992 as a manufacturing supervisor. Mr. Mondello was promoted to Project Manager in 1993, named Vice President, Business Development in 1997, Senior Vice President, Business Development in 1999 and served as Chief Operating Officer from November 2002 through March 2013. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Mondello was a commercial and defense-related aerospace project manager for Moog, Inc. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of South Florida.

William D. Muir, Jr. (age 48) was named Chief Operating Officer in March 2013. Mr. Muir joined Jabil in 1992 as a Quality Engineer and has served in management positions including Senior Director of Operations for Florida, Michigan, Guadalajara, and Chihuahua; was promoted to Vice President, Operations-Americas in February 2001, was named Vice President, Global Business Units in November 2002, Senior Vice President, Regional President – Asia in September 2004 and Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, EMS Division from September 2007 to April 2010. Mr. Muir recently served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Global Manufacturing Services Group from April 2010 to March 2013. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Engineering and an MBA, both from the University of Florida.

Alessandro Parimbelli (age 48) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Enterprise and Infrastructure in July 2013. Mr. Parimbelli joined Jabil in 1998 as a Test Engineering Manager. At Jabil, Mr. Parimbelli served in business management positions in Boise, Idaho and Paris, France before being promoted to Vice President, Global Business Units in September 2006. From 2010 through 2012 Mr. Parimbelli was Senior Vice President, Global Business Units and was responsible for Jabil’s Enterprise and Infrastructure business. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Parimbelli held various engineering positions within Hewlett-Packard and other software engineering companies. He holds an MBA from Colorado State University and a Software Engineering degree from Politecnico of Milan, Italy.

William E. Peters (age 53) was named President in March 2013. Mr. Peters served as Executive Vice President, Human Development, Human Resources from April 2010 to March 2013. He joined Jabil in 1990 as a buyer and shortly thereafter was named Purchasing Manager. In 1993 Mr. Peters was named Operations Manager for Jabil’s Michigan facility and was promoted to Vice President, Operations in January 1999. Mr. Peters was named Senior Vice President, Operations in October 2000. He was promoted to Senior Vice President, Regional President — Americas in September 2004. In September 2007, Mr. Peters was named Senior Vice President, Human Development. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Peters was a financial analyst for Electronic Data Systems. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Michigan State University.

 

10


Table of Contents

Courtney J. Ryan (age 46) was named Executive Vice President, Corporate Development/Chief of Staff in July 2016. Mr. Ryan joined Jabil in 1993 as a Quality Engineer and worked his way through various operations and business development management positions. In December 2000, Mr. Ryan was named Vice President, Operations for Europe. In 2004, he was named Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain and was named Senior Vice President, Global Business Units in 2007. Mr. Ryan served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Nypro from July 2013 to June 2016. Mr. Ryan holds an MBA with a concentration in Decision and Information Science and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics, both from the University of Florida. He also serves on the University of Florida’s MBA and Supply Chain Advisory Board.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

As referenced, this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain forward-looking statements regarding various matters. The ultimate correctness of those forward-looking statements is dependent upon a number of known and unknown risks and events, and is subject to various uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from those expressed or implied by those statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on those forward-looking statements. The following important factors, among others, as well as those factors set forth in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings from time to time, could affect future results and events, causing results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our annual and quarterly operating results are affected by a number of factors, including:

 

    adverse changes in current macro-economic conditions, both in the U.S. and internationally;

 

    how well we execute on our strategy and operating plans, and the impact of changes in our business model;

 

    the level and timing of customer orders;

 

    the level of capacity utilization of our manufacturing facilities and associated fixed costs, including instances where we maintain manufacturing facilities and associated fixed costs in anticipation of future customer orders and the actual orders never occur, are at lower than anticipated levels and/or occur later than expected;

 

    the composition of the costs of revenue between materials, labor and manufacturing overhead;

 

    price competition;

 

    changes in demand for our products or services, as well as the volatility of these changes;

 

    changes in demand in our customers’ end markets, as well as the volatility of these changes;

 

    our exposure to financially troubled customers;

 

    any potential future termination, or substantial winding down, of significant customer relationships;

 

    our level of experience in manufacturing particular products;

 

    the degree of automation used in our assembly process;

 

    the efficiencies achieved in managing inventories and property, plant and equipment;

 

    significant costs incurred in acquisitions and other transactions that are immediately expensed in the quarter in which they occur;

 

    fluctuations in materials costs and availability of materials;

 

    adverse changes in political conditions, both in the U.S. and internationally, including among other things, adverse changes in tax laws and rates (and government interpretations thereof), adverse changes in trade policies and adverse changes in fiscal and monetary policies;

 

    seasonality in customers’ product demand;

 

    the timing of expenditures in anticipation of increased sales, customer product delivery requirements and shortages of components or labor;

 

    changes in stock-based compensation expense due to changes in the expected vesting of performance-based equity awards comprising a portion of such stock-based compensation expense; and

 

    failure to comply with foreign laws, which could result in increased costs and/or taxes.

The volume and timing of orders placed by our customers vary due to variation in demand for our customers’ products; our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory; product design changes; changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategies; customer requirements to relocate our manufacturing operations or to transfer our manufacturing from one facility to another; and acquisitions of or consolidations among our customers. In addition, our sales associated with consumer related products are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to higher demand for consumer related products during

 

11


Table of Contents

the holiday selling season. In the past, changes in customer orders that reduce net revenue have had a significant effect on our results of operations as a result of our overhead remaining relatively fixed while our net revenue decreased. Any one or a combination of these factors could adversely affect our annual and quarterly results of operations in the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations.”

When financial markets experience significant turmoil, the financial arrangements we may need to enter into, refinance or repay may be adversely affected.

Credit market turmoil could negatively impact the counterparties and lenders to our forward foreign exchange contracts, trade accounts receivable securitization and sale programs, unsecured credit and term loan facilities, and various foreign subsidiary credit facilities. These potential negative impacts could potentially limit our ability to borrow under these financing agreements, contracts, facilities and programs. If we do not comply with the covenants under various debt instruments, our ability to borrow would be adversely affected. In addition, the effects of the credit market turmoil could negatively impact our ability to renew or obtain future additional financing. Credit market turmoil has also negatively impacted certain of our customers and certain of their respective customers. These impacts could have several consequences which could have a negative effect on our results of operations, including one or more of the following: a negative impact on our liquidity, including potentially insufficient cash flows to support our operations; a decrease in demand for our services; a decrease in demand for our customers’ products; and bad debt charges or inventory write-offs.

If we do not manage our growth effectively, our profitability could decline.

Areas of our business at times experience periods of rapid growth which can place considerable additional demands upon our management team and our operational, financial and management information systems. Our ability to manage growth effectively requires us to continue to implement and improve these systems; avoid cost overruns; maintain customer, supplier and other favorable business relationships during possible transition periods; efficiently and effectively dedicate resources to existing customers; acquire or construct additional facilities; occasionally transfer operations to different facilities; acquire equipment in anticipation of demand; continue to develop the management skills of our managers and supervisors; adapt relatively quickly to new markets or technologies and continue to train, motivate and manage our employees. Our failure to effectively manage growth, as well as our failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the actions we take to try to manage our growth, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue.

We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. We have recently experienced increased dependence and expect this dependence to continue. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 49% of our net revenue. In some instances, particular manufacturing services we provide for such customers represent a significant portion of the overall revenue we receive from that customer. Consolidation among our customers exposes us to increased risks relating to dependence on a smaller number of customers. These circumstances could each have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

A customer may reduce its purchases from us, terminate its relationship with us, or postpone spending in response to circumstances such as a decline in demand for one or more of its products, which has recently occurred and impacted our performance this fiscal year, or if it experiences tighter credit, negative financial news, or declines in income or asset values. These conditions may negatively impact our results of operations. We cannot assure you that present or future customers will not terminate their design, production and product management services arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of services ordered from us. If they do, such termination, change, reduction or delay could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, if one or more of our customers were to become insolvent or otherwise were unable to pay for the services provided by us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. Also, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by the potential recovery by the bankruptcy estate of amounts previously paid to us by a customer that later became insolvent. Such adverse effects could include one or more of the following: a decline in revenue, less revenue to absorb fixed costs and overhead, a charge for bad debts, severance costs, a charge for inventory write-offs, a charge for equipment write-offs, a charge for lease write-offs, a decrease in inventory turns, an increase in days that products remain in inventory and an increase in days in which accounts receivable remain outstanding. Some of the risks described above may not only exist with respect to a particular customer, but also with respect to manufacturing services with respect to a particular customer product for larger customers where a significant portion of the overall revenue we receive from such customer relates to such services for such product. Accordingly, if any of our customers’ products experiences a decline in demand (anticipated or unanticipated), which has recently occurred and impacted our second, third and fourth fiscal quarters, the applicable customer may reduce its purchases from us or terminate its relationship with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our customers face numerous competitive challenges, such as decreasing demand from their customers, rapid technological change and short life cycles for their products, which may materially adversely affect their business, and also ours.

Factors affecting the industries that utilize our services in general, and our customers specifically, could seriously harm our customers and, as a result, us. These factors include:

 

    recessionary periods in our customers’ markets, as well as in the global economy in general;

 

    the inability of our customers to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, which may contribute to short product life cycles or shifts in our customers’ strategies;

 

    the inability of our customers to develop and market their products, some of which are new and untested;

 

    the potential that our customers’ products become commoditized or obsolete;

 

    the failure of our customers’ products to gain widespread commercial acceptance;

 

    increased competition among our customers and their respective competitors which may result in a loss of business or a reduction in pricing power for our customers;

 

    consolidation;

 

    the emergence of new business models and shifting patterns of demand; and

 

    new product offerings by our customers’ competitors may prove to be more successful than our customers’ product offerings.

Our Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”) segment is highly dependent on the consumer products industry. This business is very competitive (both for us and our customers) and often subject to shorter product lifecycles, shifting end-user preferences, higher revenue volatility and programs that may be shifted to our competitors. We may experience a negative impact on our customer orders thus reducing net revenue and our ability to cover fixed costs. These risks heighten our exposure to this end market which could adversely affect our results of operations. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, we experienced less than anticipated product demand within our DMS segment, which impacted our second, third and fourth fiscal quarters.

If our customers are unsuccessful in addressing these competitive challenges, their business may be materially adversely affected, reducing the demand for our services or altering our production cycles and inventory management which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, or they may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and capital expenditures, and to maximize the efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.

Most of our customers do not commit to firm production schedules for more than one quarter. We make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimate of customer requirements for one or more of their products. Our inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of our manufacturing capacity. In the past, we have been required to increase staffing and other expenses in order to meet the anticipated demand. On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production for one or more of their products, which can stress our resources and reduce operating margins. Alternatively, anticipated orders have, in the past, failed to materialize, delivery schedules have been deferred or production has unexpectedly decreased, slowed down or stopped as a result of changes in our customers’ business needs, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations. Such customer order fluctuations and deferrals have had a material adverse effect on us in the past and we may experience such effects in the future. In addition, because many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand, particularly a reduction in demand for any particular customer product that represents a significant amount of our revenue, can harm our gross profit and operating results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

We sometimes experience difficulty forecasting the timing of our receipt of revenue and earnings following commencement of providing manufacturing services. The necessary process to begin this commencement of manufacturing can take from several months to more than a year before production begins. Delays in the completion of this process can delay the timing of our sales and related earnings. Because we make capital expenditures during this ramping process and do not typically recognize revenue until after we produce and ship the customer’s products, any delays or unanticipated costs in the ramping process may have a significant adverse effect on our cash flows and our results of operations, particularly when our contractual or legal remedies are insufficient to avoid or mitigate such unanticipated costs which can be exacerbated with large customers. An increasing portion of our revenues have come from our largest customer, and servicing that customer requires an increased level of capital expenditures by us.

We generally do not obtain firm, long-term purchase commitments from our customers for any of their products and we continue to experience reduced lead-times in customer orders. The success of one or more of our customers’ products in the market affects our business. Customers have canceled their orders, changed production quantities, delayed production and changed their sourcing strategy. Such changes, delays and cancellations have led to, and may lead in the future to a decline in our production and our

 

13


Table of Contents

possession of excess or obsolete inventory that we may not be able to sell to customers or third parties. This has resulted in, and could result in, future additional write downs of inventories that have become obsolete or exceed anticipated demand or net realizable value. We may also experience a reduction in the number of products that we sell, delays in payment for inventory that we purchased and reductions in the use of our manufacturing facilities which have associated fixed costs not dependent on our level of revenue. Although we attempt to negotiate contractual language with our customers to avoid or mitigate these risks, they may be exacerbated when the inventory is for a specific product that represents a significant amount of our revenue.

Customer relationships with emerging companies may present more risks than with established companies.

Customer relationships with emerging companies, an area of increasing activity for us, present special risks because such companies do not have an extensive product history. As a result, there is less demonstration of market acceptance of their products making it harder for us to anticipate needs and requirements than with established customers. In addition, due to their relatively recent entrance into the commercial market, additional funding for such companies may be more difficult to obtain and these customer relationships may not continue or materialize to the extent we planned or we previously experienced. As a result of many start-up customers’ lack of prior operations and unproven product markets, our credit risk, especially in trade accounts receivable and inventories, and the risk that these customers will be unable to fulfill their potentially significant obligation to indemnify us from various liabilities are potentially increased. We sometimes offer these customers extended payment terms, loans, services and other support that may increase our financial exposure. These risks are also heightened by the tightening of financing for start-up customers. Although we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for all customers, including start-up customers, based on the information available for review, these allowances may not be adequate. This risk may exist for any new emerging company customers in the future. Also, as a result of, among other things, these emerging companies tending to be smaller and less financially secure, we have faced and may face in the future increased litigation risk from these companies.

In addition, we have been investing directly in certain of these emerging company customers which, along with extended payment terms, loans, other financial accommodations such as not requiring customers to cover certain costs that we typically require customers to pay, for services and other support we may provide, may exacerbate the risks described in this Risk Factor. Risks related to these investments may also include one or more of the following: substantial selling, general and administrative expenses; substantial capital expenses or investments; losses or impairments that may be reflected in our net income item of our Statement of Operations; and an inability to recover a partial or full amount of any investments we make in these smaller, emerging companies.

The success of our business is dependent on both our ability to independently keep pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in our industry, and also our ability to effectively adapt our services in response to our customers keeping pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in their respective industries.

If we are unable to offer technologically advanced, cost effective, quick response manufacturing services that are differentiated from our competition, demand for our services will decline. In addition, if we are unable to offer services in response to our customers’ changing requirements, then demand for our services will also decline. A substantial portion of our net revenue is derived from our offering of complete service solutions for our customers. For example, if we fail to maintain high-quality design and engineering services, our net revenue may significantly decline.

Consolidation in industries that utilize our services may adversely affect our business.

Increasing consolidation in industries that utilize our services may occur as companies combine to achieve further economies of scale and other synergies, which could result in an increase in excess manufacturing capacity as companies seek to divest manufacturing operations or eliminate duplicative product lines. Excess manufacturing capacity may increase pricing and competitive pressures for our industry as a whole and for us in particular. Consolidation could also result in an increasing number of very large companies offering products in multiple industries. The significant purchasing power and market power of these large companies could increase pricing and competitive pressures for us. If one of our customers is acquired by another company that does not rely on us to provide services and has its own production facilities or relies on another provider of similar services, we may lose that customer’s business. Such consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and expose us to increased risks relating to dependence on a small number of customers. Any of the foregoing results of industry consolidation could adversely affect our business.

Introducing new business models or programs requiring implementation of new competencies, such as new process technologies and our development of new products or services for customers, could affect our operations and financial results.

The introduction of new business models or programs requiring implementation or development of new competencies, such as new process technology within our operations and our independent development of new products or services for customers, presents challenges in addition to opportunities. The success of new business models or programs depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, a sufficient understanding of the new business or markets, timely and successful product development (by us and/or our customer), market acceptance, our ability to manage the risks associated with new product production ramp-up, the effective management of purchase commitments and inventory levels in line with anticipated product demand, our development or acquisition of appropriate intellectual property, the availability of supplies in adequate quantities and at appropriate costs to meet anticipated demand, and the risk that new products may have quality or other defects in the early stages of introduction. Accordingly, we cannot determine in advance the ultimate result of new business models or programs.

 

14


Table of Contents

As a result, we must make long-term investments, develop or obtain appropriate intellectual property and commit significant resources before knowing whether our assumptions will accurately reflect customer demand for our services. After the development of a new business model or program, we must be able to manufacture appropriate volumes quickly and at low cost. To accomplish this, we endeavor to accurately forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that meet customer requirements; however, we may not succeed at doing so. Any delay in development or production could harm our competitive position. We may not meet our customers’ expectations or otherwise execute properly, timely, or in a cost-efficient manner, which could damage our customer relationships and result in remedial costs or the loss of our invested capital and anticipated revenues and profits. In addition, the early stages of these types of new business models or programs can be less efficient, and less profitable, than those of mature programs and/or programs developed in collaboration with customers who have experience with outsourcing. Also, restrictions imposed by certain customers prevent us from fully pursuing other business in such customers’ industries or other business that would compete with such customers’ products or technologies.

While we attempt to negotiate contractual terms to avoid or mitigate some of these potential costs or losses, we are not always successful. Also, in certain instances, a customer contract does not exist or its language does not cover a particular situation, so we have to rely on non-contractual legal remedies. In these situations, we must negotiate a manner to address the situation as costs or losses occur which carries with it the potential risk to lose customers and/or revenue. In addition, as we have experienced on occasion, there are risks of market acceptance and product performance that could result in less demand than anticipated and our having excess capacity, which could lead to significant unrecovered costs for us. The failure to ensure that our agreed terms appropriately reflect the anticipated costs, risks, and rewards of such an opportunity could adversely affect our profitability.

We compete with numerous other diversified manufacturing service providers, electronic manufacturing services and design providers and others.

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturing service providers and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica Inc., Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina Corporation. Our diversified manufacturing services segment competes against numerous domestic and foreign providers, including AptarGroup, Inc., Berry Plastics Group, Inc., Catcher Technology Co., Ltd., Gerresheimer AG, Quanta Computer, Inc. and Zeniya Aluminum Engineering, Ltd. In addition, past consolidation in our industry has resulted in larger and more geographically diverse competitors who have significant combined resources with which to compete against us. Also, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers, and manufacturers that are focused solely on design and manufacturing services, that are selling, or may begin to sell diversified manufacturing services or electronic manufacturing services. Most of our competitors have international operations and significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, research and development (R&D) and marketing resources than we have. These competitors may:

 

    respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies;

 

    have technological expertise, engineering capabilities and/or manufacturing processes that are greater than ours;

 

    have greater name recognition, critical mass and geographic market presence;

 

    be better able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities;

 

    adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements;

 

    devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services;

 

    be better positioned to compete on price for their services, as a result of any combination of lower labor costs, lower components costs, lower facilities costs, lower operating costs or lower taxes; and

 

    have excess capacity, and be better able to utilize such excess capacity, which may reduce the cost of their product or service.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In the past, some of our customers moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

We may be operating at a cost disadvantage compared to competitors who (a) have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers, (b) have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide, (c) are willing to make sales or provide services at lower margins than we do (including relationships where our competitors are willing to accept a lower margin from certain of their customers for whom they perform other higher margin business) or (d) have increased their vertical capabilities, thereby potentially providing them greater cost savings. As a result, competitors may procure a competitive advantage and obtain business from our customers. Our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to

 

15


Table of Contents

significant proprietary protection. In addition, companies with greater resources or a greater market presence may enter our market or increase their competition with us. We also expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products or services, to reduce the sales prices of their current products or services and to introduce new products or services that may offer greater performance and improved pricing. In addition, due to the price sensitive nature of our industry, business that we acquire or maintain may have lower margins than our historical or target margins. Any of these developments could cause a decline in our sales, loss of market acceptance of our products or services, compression of our profits or loss of our market share.

Our business could be adversely affected by any delays, or increased costs, resulting from issues that our common carriers are dealing with in transporting our materials, our products, or both.

We rely on a variety of common carriers to transport our materials from our suppliers to us, and to transport our products from us to our customers. Problems suffered by any of these common carriers, whether due to a natural disaster, labor problem, increased energy prices, criminal activity or some other issue, could result in shipping delays in both our products and receiving delays of raw materials, increased costs, or other supply chain disruptions, and could therefore have a negative impact on our ability to deliver products to customers on a competitive and timely basis and a material adverse effect on our operations.

We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.

Many of the markets for our manufacturing and engineering services are characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving process development. The continued success of our business will depend upon our ability to:

 

    hire, retain and expand our qualified engineering and technical personnel;

 

    maintain and continually improve our technological expertise;

 

    develop and market manufacturing services that meet changing customer needs; and

 

    successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis.

Although we believe that our operations use the assembly and testing technologies, equipment and processes that are currently required by our customers, we cannot be certain that we will maintain or develop the capabilities required by our customers in the future. The emergence of new technology, industry standards or customer requirements may render our equipment, inventory or processes obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, we may have to acquire new assembly and testing technologies and equipment to remain competitive. The acquisition and implementation of new technologies and equipment and the offering of new or additional services to our customers may require significant expense or capital investment, which could reduce our operating margins and our operating results. In facilities that we establish or acquire, we may not be able to establish and maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise. Our failure to anticipate and adapt to our customers’ changing technological needs and requirements or to hire and retain a sufficient number of engineers and maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing expertise could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We depend on attracting and retaining officers, managers and skilled personnel and on their compliance with company strategies and confidentiality policies and procedures.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our officers, managers and skilled personnel. Generally our employees are not bound by employment or non-competition agreements, and we cannot assure you that we will retain our officers, managers and skilled personnel. We could be seriously harmed by the loss of any of our executive officers or multiple managers or skilled personnel. To aid in managing our growth and strengthening our management and skilled personnel, we will need to internally develop, recruit and retain additional skilled management personnel. If we are not able to do so, our business and our ability to continue to grow could be harmed.

We establish strategic goals and ethical conduct policies. We are subject to risks if our officers and managers act inconsistently with our strategic goals or violate such ethical conduct policies. We are also subject to the risk that current and former officers, managers and skilled personnel could violate the terms of our confidentiality policies and procedures or proprietary information agreements with us which require them to keep confidential and not to use for their benefit information obtained in the course of their employment with us. Should a key current or former employee use or disclose such information, including information concerning our customers, pricing, capabilities or strategy, our ability to obtain new customers and to compete could be adversely impacted. In addition, our adoption of certain third-party standards could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain employees in jurisdictions where these standards vary from prevailing local customs and practices.

 

16


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are critical to our manufacturing processes. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profit, increase our inventory carrying costs, increase our risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence and cause us to purchase components of a lesser quality.

Most of our significant long-term customer contracts permit quarterly or other periodic adjustments to pricing based on decreases and increases in component prices and other factors; however, we typically bear the risk of component price increases that occur between any such re-pricings or, if such re-pricing is not permitted, during the balance of the term of the particular customer contract. Accordingly, certain component price increases could adversely affect our gross profit margins.

Almost all of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are only available from a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. A supply shortage can also increase our cost of goods sold, as a result of our having to pay higher prices for components in limited supply, and cause us to have to redesign or reconfigure products to accommodate a substitute component. In the past there have been industry wide conditions, natural disasters and global events that have caused material shortages. Such circumstances have produced insignificant levels of short-term interruption of our operations, but they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. Portions of the Dodd-Frank Act require some companies, including ours, to conduct due diligence, make disclosures and file reports regarding the source of certain minerals that may be contained in their products that are originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) and adjoining countries. These requirements may decrease the supply of such minerals, increase their cost and/or disrupt our supply chain if we decide, or are instructed by our customers, to obtain components from different suppliers.

Our production of a customer’s product could be negatively impacted by any quality, reliability or availability issues with any of our component suppliers. The financial condition of our suppliers could affect their ability to supply us with components and their ability to satisfy any warranty obligations they may have, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

If a component shortage is threatened or we anticipate one, we may purchase such component early to avoid a delay or interruption in our operations. A possible result of such an early purchase is that we may incur additional inventory carrying costs, for which we may not be compensated, and have a heightened risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence, the cost of which may not be recoverable from our customers. Such costs would adversely affect our gross profit and net income. A component shortage may also require us to look to second tier vendors or to procure components through brokers with whom we are not familiar. These components may be of lesser quality than those we have historically purchased and could cause us to incur costs to bring such components up to our typical quality levels or to replace defective ones. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business – Components Procurement.”

We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations.

We derived a substantial majority, 90.7%, of net revenue from international operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. Our international operations are, have been and may be subject to a number of risks, including:

 

    difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and attempting to ensure they comply with our policies, procedures, and applicable local laws;

 

    less flexible employee relationships that can be difficult and expensive to terminate due to, among other potential reasons, burdensome labor laws and regulations;

 

    rising labor costs (including the introduction or expansion of certain social programs), in particular within the lower-cost regions in which we operate, due to, among other things, demographic changes and economic development in those regions, which we may be unable to recover in our pricing to our customers;

 

    labor unrest and dissatisfaction, including potential labor strikes or claims;

 

    increased scrutiny by the media and other third parties of labor practices within our industry (including but not limited to working conditions, compliance with employment and labor laws and compensation) which may result in allegations of violations, more stringent and burdensome labor laws and regulations, increased strictness and inconsistency in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations, higher labor costs, and/or loss of revenues if our customers become dissatisfied with our labor practices and diminish or terminate their relationship with us;

 

    burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, including those relating to export and import duties, domestic and foreign import and export controls (including the International Traffic in Arms Regulations and the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”), regulation by the United States Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security under the EAR), trade barriers (including tariffs and quotas), environmental policies and privacy issues, and local statutory corporate governance related to conducting business in foreign jurisdictions;

 

    less favorable, or relatively undefined, intellectual property laws;

 

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and laws or government or judicial interpretations of such regulatory requirements and laws and adverse trade policies, and adverse changes to any of the policies of either the U.S. or any of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;

 

17


Table of Contents
    adverse changes in tax rates and the manner in which the U.S. and other countries tax multinational companies or interpret their tax laws (see “Risk Factors – We are subject to the risk of increased taxes”);

 

    inability to utilize net operating losses incurred by our foreign operations against future income in the same jurisdiction;

 

    political and economic instability and unsafe working conditions (including acts of terrorism, widespread criminal activities, outbreaks of war and regime or political leadership changes that may be detrimental to business in general or our industry in particular);

 

    risk of governmental expropriation of our property;

 

    inadequate infrastructure for our operations (e.g., lack of adequate power, water, transportation and raw materials);

 

    legal or political constraints on our ability to maintain or increase prices;

 

    governmental restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S.;

 

    health concerns and related government actions;

 

    coordinating our communications and logistics across geographic distances and multiple time zones;

 

    longer customer payment cycles and difficulty collecting trade accounts receivable;

 

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could affect local payroll and other expenses (see “Risk Factors – We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations”); and

 

    economies that are emerging or developing or that may be subject to greater currency volatility, negative growth, high inflation, limited availability of foreign exchange and other risks.

These factors may harm our results of operations. Also, any measures that we may implement to reduce risks of our international operations may not be effective, may increase our expenses, and may require significant management time and effort. In our experience, entry into new international markets requires considerable management time as well as start-up expenses for market development, hiring and establishing facilities before any significant revenue is generated. As a result, initial operations in a new market may operate at low margins or may be unprofitable.

Another significant legal risk resulting from our international operations is the risk of non-compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and the United Kingdom Bribery Act (the “ACT”). In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA, the ACT or other U.S. or foreign laws and regulations. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to cause compliance with the FCPA, the ACT and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We have on occasion not achieved, and may not in the future achieve, expected profitability from our acquisitions.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate the operations and management of our recent acquisitions. Similarly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to (1) identify future strategic acquisitions and adequately conduct due diligence, (2) consummate these potential acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, or (3) if consummated, successfully integrate the operations and management of future acquisitions. Acquisitions involve significant risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us including:

 

    Financial risks, such as (1) the payment of a purchase price that exceeds the future value that we may realize from the acquired operations and businesses; (2) an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements, which could reduce our return on invested capital; (3) potential known and unknown liabilities of the acquired businesses, as well as contractually-based time and monetary limitations on a seller’s obligation to indemnify us for such liabilities; (4) costs associated with integrating acquired operations and businesses; (5) the dilutive effect of the issuance of any additional equity securities we issue as consideration for, or to finance, the acquisition; (6) the incurrence of additional debt; (7) the financial impact of incorrectly valuing goodwill and other intangible assets involved in any acquisitions, potential future impairment write-downs of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles and the amortization of other intangible assets ; (8) possible adverse tax and accounting effects; and (9) the risk that we spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue or that we may have to close or sell acquired facilities at our cost, which may include substantial employee severance costs and asset write-offs, which have resulted, and may result, in our incurring significant losses.

 

   

Operating risks, such as (1) the diversion of management’s attention and resources to the assimilation of the acquired businesses and their employees and to the management of expanding operations; (2) the risk that the acquired businesses will fail to maintain the quality of services that we have historically provided; (3) the need to implement financial and other systems and add management resources; (4) the need to maintain customer, supplier or other favorable business relationships of acquired operations and restructure or terminate unfavorable relationships; (5) the potential for deficiencies

 

18


Table of Contents
 

in internal controls of the acquired operations; (6) the inability to attract and retain the employees necessary to support the acquired businesses; (7) potential inexperience in a line of business that is either new to us or that has become materially more significant to us as a result of the transaction; (8) unforeseen difficulties (including any unanticipated liabilities) in the acquired operations; (9) the impact on us of any unionized work force we may acquire or any labor disruptions that might occur; (10) the possibility that the acquired business’s past transactions or practices before our acquisition may lead to future commercial or regulatory risks; and (11) the difficulty of presenting a unified corporate image.

Although we conduct what we believe to be a prudent level of due diligence regarding the businesses we purchase, in light of the circumstances of each transaction, an unavoidable level of risk remains regarding the actual condition of these businesses. Until we actually assume operating control of such businesses and their assets and operations, we may not be able to ascertain the actual value or understand the potential liabilities of the acquired entities and their operations.

Most of our acquisitions involve operations outside of the U.S. which are subject to various risks including those described in “Risk Factors – We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations.”

We have acquired and may continue to pursue the acquisition of manufacturing and supply chain management operations from our customers (or potential customers). In these acquisitions, the divesting company will typically enter into a supply arrangement with the acquirer. Therefore, our competitors often also pursue these acquisitions. In addition, certain divesting companies may choose not to offer to sell their operations to us because of our current supply arrangements with other companies or may require terms and conditions that may impact our profitability. If we are unable to attract and consummate some of these acquisition opportunities at favorable terms, our growth and profitability could be adversely impacted.

In addition to those risks listed above, arrangements entered into with these divesting companies typically involve certain other risks, including the following:

 

    the integration into our business of the acquired assets and facilities may be time-consuming and costly;

 

    we, rather than the divesting company, may bear the risk of excess capacity;

 

    we may not achieve anticipated cost reductions and efficiencies;

 

    we may be unable to meet the expectations of the divesting company as to volume, product quality, timeliness, pricing requirements and cost reductions; and

 

    if demand for the divesting company’s products declines, it may reduce its volume of purchases and we may not be able to sufficiently reduce the expenses of operating the facility we acquired from it or use such facility to provide services to other customers.

In addition, when acquiring manufacturing operations, we may receive limited commitments to firm production schedules. Accordingly, in these circumstances, we may spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no or insufficient guaranteed levels of revenue. We may also not achieve expected profitability from these arrangements. As a result of these and other risks, these outsourcing opportunities may not be profitable.

We have expanded the primary scope of our acquisitions strategy beyond focusing on acquisition opportunities presented by companies divesting internal manufacturing operations. The more recent acquisitions focus on pursuing opportunities to acquire businesses that are focused on certain of our key growth areas which include specialized manufacturing, design operations and other acquisition opportunities complementary to our services offerings. The primary goals of our acquisition strategy are to complement our current capabilities, diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers and expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers. The amount and scope of the risks associated with acquisitions of this type extend beyond those that we have traditionally faced in making acquisitions. These extended risks include greater uncertainties in the financial benefits and potential liabilities associated with this expanded base of acquisitions.

We are exposed to intangible asset risk.

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, which are attributable to business acquisitions. We are required to perform goodwill and intangible asset impairment tests at least on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. As a result of our annual and other periodic evaluations, we may determine that the intangible asset values need to be written down to their fair values, which could result in material charges that could be adverse to our operating results and financial position.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

Over the past few years, we have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations with the intention of improving utilization and realizing cost savings in the future. These initiatives have included changing the number and location of our production facilities, largely to align our capacity and infrastructure with current and anticipated customer demand. This alignment includes

 

19


Table of Contents

transferring programs from higher cost geographies to lower cost geographies. The process of restructuring entails, among other activities, moving production between facilities, closing facilities, reducing the level of staff, realigning our business processes and reorganizing our management.

We continuously evaluate our operations and cost structure relative to general economic conditions, market and customer demands, tax rates, cost competitiveness and our geographic footprint as it relates to our customers’ production requirements. As a result of this ongoing evaluation, we initiated restructuring plans approved by our Board of Directors in fiscal year 2017 (the “2017 Restructuring Plan”), in fiscal year 2014 (the “2014 Restructuring Plan”) and in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015, Note 15 “Restructuring and Related Charges” and Note 18 – “Subsequent Events” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. In addition, we could initiate future restructuring plans. If we incur restructuring charges related to the 2017 Restructuring Plan and 2013 Restructuring Plan, or in connection with any potential future restructuring program, in addition to those charges that we currently expect to incur, our financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

Restructurings present significant potential risks of events occurring that could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, delays encountered in finalizing the scope of, and implementing, the restructurings (including extensive consultations concerning potential workforce reductions and obtaining agreements from our affected customers for the relocation of our facilities in certain instances), the failure to achieve targeted cost savings, the failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the loss of employees and any work stoppages that might occur and the strain placed on our financial and management control systems and resources. These risks are further complicated by our extensive international operations, which subject us to different legal and regulatory requirements that govern the extent and speed of our ability to reduce our manufacturing capacity and workforce. In addition, the current global economic conditions may change how governments regulate restructuring as the recent global recession has impacted local economies. Finally, we may have to obtain agreements from our affected customers for the relocation of our facilities in certain instances. Obtaining these agreements, along with the volatility in our customers’ demand, can further delay restructuring activities.

We and our customers are subject to increasingly extensive government regulations and industry standards; a failure to comply with current and future regulations and standards could have an adverse effect on our business, customer relationships, reputation and profitability.

We are subject to extensive government regulation and industry standards relating to the products we design and manufacture as well as how we conduct our business, including regulations and standards relating to labor and employment practices, workplace health and safety, the environment, sourcing and import/export practices, the market sectors we support and many other facets of our operations. The regulatory climate in the U.S. and other countries has become increasingly complex and fragmented, and regulatory activity has increased in recent periods. Failure or noncompliance with such regulations or standards could have an adverse effect on our reputation, customer relationships, profitability and results of operations.

Our customers are also required to comply with various government regulations, legal requirements and industry standards, including many of the industry-specific regulations discussed above. Our customers’ failure to comply could affect their businesses, which in turn would affect our sales to them. In addition, if our customers are required by regulation or other requirements to make changes in their product lines, these changes could significantly disrupt particular programs for these customers and create inefficiencies in our business.

In addition to quality management standards, there are several other U.S. regulations that we are also required to follow, including the Federal Acquisition Regulations (“FAR”), which provides uniform policies and procedures for acquisition; the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, a Department of Defense (“DOD”) agency supplement to the FAR that provides DOD-specific acquisition regulations that DOD government acquisition officials, and those contractors doing business with DOD, must follow in the procurement process for goods and services; and the Truth in Negotiations Act, which is a law enacted for the purpose of providing for full and fair disclosure by contractors in the conduct of negotiations with the government.

We have addressed several other specific laws and regulations within various risk factors elsewhere in this section.

If our manufacturing sites, processes and services do not comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, or if we manufacture products containing design or manufacturing defects, demand for our services may decline, our reputation may be damaged and we may be subject to liability claims.

We manufacture and design products to our customers’ specifications, and, in some cases, our manufacturing sites, processes or facilities may need to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements as well as certain customer-driven standards. For example, medical devices that we manufacture or design, as well as the facilities and manufacturing processes that we use to produce them, are regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and non-U.S. counterparts of this agency. Similarly, items we manufacture for customers in the defense and aerospace industries, as well as the processes we use to produce them, are regulated by the DOD and the Federal Aviation Authority. If we do not conduct our business at those facilities at which this business is conducted in accordance with applicable laws, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and administrative sanctions by either the

 

20


Table of Contents

government, the customer or third parties. Also, we may be subject to standards established by certain customers, industry groups or other third party organizations (e.g., certain standards relating to labor practices). In addition, our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes and design services that we use to produce them often are highly complex. As a result, products that we manufacture or design may at times contain manufacturing or design defects, and our processes may be subject to errors or not be in compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, manufacturing or component failure or error, or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or canceled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies are significant, our business reputation may also be damaged. The failure of the products that we manufacture or of our manufacturing processes or facilities to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements may subject us to regulatory enforcement, legal fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down, temporarily halt operations or incur considerable expense to correct a manufacturing process or facility. In addition, these defects may result in liability claims against us, expose us to liability to pay for the recall or remanufacture of a product or adversely affect product sales or our reputation. The magnitude of such claims may increase as we expand our medical and aerospace and defense manufacturing services, as defects in medical devices and aerospace and defense systems could cause death or seriously harm users of these products and others. Even if our customers are responsible for the defects or defective specifications, they may not, or may not have resources to, assume responsibility for any costs or liabilities arising from these defects, which could expose us to additional liability claims. Any of these actions could increase our expenses, reduce our revenue or damage our reputation as a supplier to these customers.

We may face heightened liability risks specific to our medical device business as a result of additional healthcare regulatory related compliance requirements and the potential severe consequences that could result from manufacturing defects or malfunctions (e.g., death or serious injury) of the medical devices we manufacture or design.

As a manufacturer and designer of medical devices for our customers, we have compliance requirements in addition to those relating to other areas of our business. We are required to register with the FDA and are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) and current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) requirements, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations and to implement design and process manufacturing controls, quality control, labeling, handling and documentation procedures. The FDA, through periodic inspections and product field monitoring, continually reviews and rigorously monitors compliance with these QSR requirements and other applicable regulatory requirements. If any FDA inspection reveals noncompliance, and we do not address the FDA’s concerns to its satisfaction, the FDA may take action against us, including issuing a form noting the FDA’s inspection observations, a notice of violation or a warning letter, imposing fines, bringing an action against the Company and its officers, requiring a recall of the products we manufactured for our customers, issuing an import detention on products entering the U.S. from an offshore facility or temporarily halting operations at or shutting down a manufacturing facility. Beyond the FDA, our medical device business is subject to additional state and foreign regulatory requirements which may also impact our ability to continue operations if these entities were to allege noncompliance and take action against us. If any of these were to occur, our reputation and business could suffer.

In addition, any defects or malfunctions in medical devices we manufacture or in our manufacturing processes and facilities may result in liability claims against us, expose us to liability to pay for the recall or remanufacture of a product, or otherwise adversely affect product sales or our reputation. The magnitude of such claims could be particularly severe as defects in medical devices could cause severe harm or injuries, including death, to users of these products and others.

Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments or those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present or future regulations or timely obtain any needed permits, we could become subject to liabilities, and we could face fines or penalties, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. At times, we have been unable to timely obtain certain permits, although we have been able to address those circumstances without any material adverse impact. There can be no assurance, however, that any future inability to timely obtain permits would not materially adversely affect us. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our operational, procurement and inventory management activities.

While we have not been required historically to make significant capital expenditures in order to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, we cannot predict with any certainty our future capital expenditure requirements because of continually changing compliance standards and environmental technology.

Certain environmental laws impose liability for the costs of investigation, removal and remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of real estate, or on parties who arranged for hazardous substance treatment or disposal,

 

21


Table of Contents

even if such person or company was unaware of, or not responsible for, contamination at the affected site. Soil and groundwater contamination may have occurred at or near, or may have arisen from, some of our facilities. From time to time we investigate, remediate and monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain of our operating sites. In certain instances where contamination existed prior to our ownership or occupation of a site, landlords or former owners have retained some contractual responsibility for contamination and remediation. However, failure of such persons to perform those obligations could result in us being required to address such contamination. As a result, we may incur clean-up costs in such potential removal or remediation efforts. In other instances, we may be responsible for clean-up costs and other liabilities, including the possibility of claims due to health risks by both employees and non-employees, as well as other third-party claims in connection with contaminated sites.

From time to time new regulations are enacted, or existing requirements are changed, and it is difficult to anticipate how such regulations and changes will be implemented and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with regulations as they are enacted.

Our failure to comply with any applicable regulatory requirements or with related contractual obligations could result in our being directly or indirectly liable for costs (including product recall and/or replacement costs), fines or penalties and third party claims, and could jeopardize our ability to conduct business in the jurisdictions implementing them.

In addition, there is an increasing governmental focus around the world on global warming and environmental impact issues, which may result in new environmental, health and safety regulations that may affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs for compliance, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition.

We and our customers are increasingly concerned with environmental issues, such as waste management (including recycling) and climate change (including reducing carbon outputs). We expect these concerns to grow and require increased investments of time and resources.

We have limited insurance coverage for potential environmental liabilities associated with current operations and we do not anticipate increasing such coverage in the future.

Our manufacturing processes and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringement and other claims.

Providing manufacturing services can expose us to potential claims that products, designs or manufacturing processes we use infringe third party intellectual property rights. Even though many of our manufacturing services contracts generally require our customers to indemnify us for infringement claims relating to their products, including associated product specifications and designs, a particular customer may not, or may not have the resources to, assume responsibility for such claims. In addition, we may be responsible for claims that our manufacturing processes or components used in manufacturing infringe third party intellectual property rights. Infringement claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, potential injunctive action, or hamper our normal operations such as by interfering with the availability of components and, regardless of merits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. In the event of such a claim, we may spend significant amounts of money and effort to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining and maintaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. Our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products which are alleged to be infringing rather than face continued costs of defending infringement claims, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business and/or could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. The risks described in this Risk Factor may be heightened in connection with our customer relationships with emerging companies.

Our design services and turnkey solutions offerings may result in additional exposure to product liability, intellectual property infringement and other claims, in addition to the business risk of being unable to produce the revenues necessary to profit from these services.

We continue our efforts to offer certain design services, primarily relating to products that we manufacture for our customers. We also offer turnkey solutions that include the design and manufacture of end-user products, and product components, as well as related services. Providing such turnkey solutions or other design solutions can expose us to different or greater potential liabilities than those we face when providing just manufacturing services, including an increase in exposure to potential product liability claims resulting from injuries caused by defects in products we design, as well as potential claims that products we design or supply, or materials or components we use, infringe third party intellectual property rights. Such claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, subject the infringing portion of our business to injunction and, regardless of their merits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve. We also may have greater potential exposure from warranty claims and from product recalls due to problems caused by product design. Costs associated with possible product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims and product recalls could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. In the event of such a claim, we may spend significant amounts of money and effort to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining and maintaining such a license on reasonable terms or at all. When providing turnkey solutions or other design solutions, we may not be guaranteed revenue needed to recoup or profit from the investment in the resources necessary to design and develop products or provide services. No revenue may be generated from these

 

22


Table of Contents

efforts, particularly if our customers do not approve the designs in a timely manner or at all, or if they do not then purchase anticipated levels of products. Furthermore, contracts may allow the customer to delay or cancel deliveries and may not obligate the customer to any volume of purchases, or may provide for penalties or cancellation of orders if we are late in delivering designs or products. We may also have the responsibility to ensure that products we design or offer satisfy certain standards, like safety and regulatory standards, and to obtain any necessary certifications. Failure to timely obtain the necessary approvals or certifications could prevent us from selling these products, which in turn could harm our sales, profitability and reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

In our contracts with turnkey solutions customers, we generally provide them with a warranty against defects in our designs. If a turnkey solutions product or component that we design is found to be defective in its design, this may lead to increased warranty claims. Warranty claims may also extend to defects caused by components or materials used in the products, including components and materials provided to us by our suppliers. Although we have product liability insurance coverage, it may not be adequate or may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. A successful product liability claim in excess of our insurance coverage or any material claim for which insurance coverage was denied or limited and for which we are not ultimately indemnified for, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. Moreover, even if the claim relates to a defect caused by a supplier, we may not be able to get an adequate remedy from the supplier.

The success of certain aspects of our business depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights.

In certain circumstances, we strive to obtain and protect certain intellectual property rights related to solutions, designs, processes and products that we create. We believe that obtaining a significant level of protected proprietary technology may give us a competitive advantage. However, we cannot be certain that the measures that we employ will result in protected intellectual property rights or will result in the prevention of unauthorized use of our technology. If we are unable to obtain and protect intellectual property rights embodied within our solutions, designs, processes and products, this could reduce or eliminate competitive advantages of our proprietary technology, which would harm our business and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

In addition to selectively relying on patent rights, we rely on unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets, and employ various methods, including non-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees, and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. However, these mechanisms may not afford complete, or sufficient protection, and misappropriation may still occur. Further, there can be no assurance that we will, or will be able to, acquire or enforce our patent or other rights, if any, and that others will not independently develop similar know-how and trade secrets, or develop better production methods than us. We have not historically sought patent protection for many of our proprietary processes, designs or other patentable intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to prevent current and former employees, contractors and other parties from breaching non-disclosure agreements and misappropriating proprietary information and it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our information and proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. If any of the foregoing occur, it could impair our ability to compete with others in our industry.

Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers, our suppliers or us could harm our business.

Products we manufacture and/or services we provide may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, some of who may hold key intellectual property rights in areas in which we operate. Some of these third parties may compete with us, our suppliers or our customers. Some of these third parties may not actively provide competing products or services. Patent clearance or licensing activities, if any, may be inadequate to anticipate and avoid third party claims. As a result, in addition to the risk that we could become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement, our customers or suppliers could become subject to infringement claims. Additionally, customers for our turnkey solutions or design services in which we have significant technology contributions, typically require that we indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. If any claims are brought against our customers, our suppliers or us for such infringement, regardless of their merits, we could be required to expend significant resources in the defense or settlement of such claims, or in the defense or settlement of related indemnification claims. In the event of a claim, we may be required to spend significant amounts of money and effort to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining or maintaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. We, our suppliers or our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products which are alleged to be infringing rather than face continued costs of defending the infringement claims, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.

We have completed the installation of an enterprise resource planning system in most of our manufacturing sites and in our corporate location. We are currently in the process of installing this system in certain of our remaining facilities which will replace the existing planning and financial information systems. Any delay in the implementation of these information systems could result in material adverse consequences, including disruption of operations, loss of information and unanticipated increases in costs.

 

23


Table of Contents

Disruptions to our information systems, including security breaches, losses of data or outages, and other security issues, could adversely affect our operations.

We rely on information systems, some of which are owned and operated by third parties, to store, process and transmit confidential information, including financial reporting, inventory management, procurement, invoicing and electronic communications, belonging to our customers, our suppliers, our employees and/or us. We attempt to monitor and mitigate our exposure and modify our systems when warranted and we have implemented certain business continuity items including data backups at alternative sites. Nevertheless, these systems are vulnerable to, and at times have suffered from, among other things, damage from power loss or natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, physical and electronic loss of data, terrorist attacks, security breaches and computer viruses. We regularly face attempts by others to access our information systems in an unauthorized manner, to introduce malicious software to such systems or both. The increased use of mobile technologies can heighten these and other operational risks. If we, or the third parties who own and operate certain of our information systems, are unable to prevent such breaches, losses of data and outages, our operations could be disrupted. In addition, any production inefficiencies or delays could negatively affect our ability to fill customer orders, resulting in a delay or reduction in our revenues. Also, the time and funds spent on monitoring and mitigating our exposure and responding to breaches, including the training of employees, the purchase of protective technologies and the hiring of additional employees and consultants to assist in these efforts could adversely affect our financial results. Finally, any theft or misuse of information resulting from a security breach could result in, among other things, loss of significant and/or sensitive information, litigation by affected parties, financial obligations resulting from such theft or misuse, higher insurance premiums, governmental investigations, negative reactions from current and potential future customers (including potential negative financial ramifications under certain customer contract provisions) and poor publicity and any of these could adversely affect our financial results.

We are subject to the risk of increased taxes.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax position, however, is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law (including adverse changes to the manner in which the U.S. and other countries tax multinational companies or interpret their tax laws). We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may assess additional tax or interest and penalties on such additional taxes. In addition, our effective tax rate may be increased by the generation of higher income in countries with higher tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in our cash management strategies, changes in local tax rates or countries adopting more aggressive interpretations of tax laws.

Refer to Note 5 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the field examination completed by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) of our tax returns for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 which resulted in proposed adjustments. While we currently believe that the resolution of these issues will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, an unfavorable resolution, particularly if the IRS successfully asserts similar claims for later years, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Several countries in which we are located allow for tax incentives to attract and retain business. We have obtained incentives where available and practicable. Our taxes could increase if certain tax incentives are retracted (such as occurred with our calendar year 2011 Shanghai tax incentive), which could occur if we are unable to satisfy the conditions on which such incentives are based, if they are not renewed upon expiration, or if tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions otherwise increase. It is not anticipated that any tax incentives will expire within the next year. However, due to the possibility of changes in existing tax law and our operations, we are unable to predict how any expirations will impact us in the future. In addition, acquisitions may cause our effective tax rate to increase, depending on the jurisdictions in which the acquired operations are located.

Certain of our subsidiaries provide financing, products and services to, and may undertake certain significant transactions with, other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. Moreover, several jurisdictions in which we operate have tax laws with detailed transfer pricing rules which require that all transactions with non-resident related parties be priced using arm’s length pricing principles, and that contemporaneous documentation must exist to support such pricing. There is a risk that the taxing authorities may not deem our transfer pricing documentation acceptable. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) released guidance related to Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“BEPS”) which may result in legislative changes that could impact our effective tax rate.

Our credit rating may be downgraded.

Our credit is rated by credit rating agencies. Our 8.250% Senior Notes, our 5.625% Senior Notes and our 4.700% Senior Notes are currently rated BBB- by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) and Standard and Poor’s Ratings Service (“S&P”) and Ba1 by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), and are considered to be below “investment grade” debt by Moody’s and “investment grade” debt by Fitch and S&P. Any potential future negative change in our credit rating may make it more expensive for us to raise additional capital in the future on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all; negatively impact the price of our common stock; increase our interest payments under existing debt agreements; and have other negative implications on our business, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes and under the Credit Facility is subject to adjustment from time to time if our credit ratings change. Thus, any potential future negative change in our credit rating may increase the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Credit Facility and certain of our other borrowings.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our amount of debt could significantly increase in the future.

As of August 31, 2016, our debt obligations consisted of $400.0 million under our 8.250% Senior Notes, $400.0 million under our 5.625% Senior Notes, $500.0 million under our 4.700% Senior Notes, $300.0 million under our 4.900% Senior Notes and $500.0 million under the Term Loan Facility. As of August 31, 2016, there was $49.4 million outstanding under various bank loans to certain of our foreign subsidiaries and under various other debt obligations. On May 19, 2016, we entered into a note purchase agreement with certain third parties which closed on July 14, 2016 for a private placement of $300.0 million of senior unsecured notes maturing on July 14, 2023 with an interest rate of 4.9% (the “4.900% Senior Notes”). The proceeds from the sale of the notes were used to repay our $312.0 million 7.750% Senior Notes due July 15, 2016. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 9 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

We have the ability to borrow up to $1.5 billion under the Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility contemplates a potential increase of up to an additional $500.0 million, if we and the lenders later agree to such increase. We could incur additional indebtedness in the future in the form of bank loans, notes or convertible securities.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities, undertake significant additional expansion activities, make substantial investments in our infrastructure or enter into a stock repurchase program, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable. An increase in the level of our indebtedness, among other things, could:

 

    make it difficult for us to obtain any necessary financing in the future for other acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business;

 

    make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business; and

 

    impact certain financial covenants that we are subject to in connection with our debt and asset-backed securitization programs, including, among others, the maximum ratio of debt to consolidated EBITDA (as defined in our debt agreements and securitization programs).

There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet future debt service obligations.

An adverse change in the interest rates for our borrowings could adversely affect our financial condition.

We pay interest on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and certain other long term debt obligations at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. An adverse change in the base rates upon which our interest rates are determined could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. If certain economic or fiscal issues occur, interest rates could rise which would increase our interest costs and reduce our net income. Also, increased interest rates could make any future, fixed interest rate debt obligations more expensive.

We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.

Although a significant number of our operations are located outside the United States, the majority of our business is conducted in U.S. dollar. Changes in exchange rates will affect our net revenue, cost of sales, operating margins and net income. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations. We use financial instruments, primarily forward contracts, to economically hedge our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. We believe that our hedging activities enable us to largely protect ourselves from future exchange rate fluctuations. If, however, these hedging activities are not successful or if we change or reduce these hedging activities in the future, we may experience significant unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates.

Our stock price may be volatile.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The market price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially in the past and could fluctuate substantially in the future, based on a variety of factors, including future announcements covering us or our key customers or competitors, government regulations, litigation, changes in earnings estimates by analysts, fluctuations in quarterly operating results, or general conditions in our industry and the automotive, capital equipment, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, digital home, emerging growth, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale, and printing industries. Furthermore, stock prices for many companies and high technology companies in particular, fluctuate widely for reasons that may be unrelated to their operating results. Those fluctuations and general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions or international currency fluctuations and demand for our services, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

25


Table of Contents

Provisions in our charter documents and state law may make it harder for others to obtain control of us even though some shareholders might consider such a development to be favorable.

Provisions in our amended certificate of incorporation, amended bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law from time to time may delay, inhibit or prevent someone from gaining control of us through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or some other method. These provisions may adversely impact our shareholders because they may decrease the possibility of a transaction in which our shareholders receive an amount of consideration in exchange for their shares that is at a significant premium to the then current market price of our shares. These provisions include:

 

    a restriction in our amended bylaws on the ability of shareholders to take action by less than unanimous written consent; and

 

    a statutory restriction on business combinations with some types of interested shareholders.

In addition, for ten years we had a “poison pill” shareholder rights plan that our Board of Directors allowed to expire in October 2011 without extension. In doing that, our Board considered various relevant issues, including the fact that if needed and appropriate it can, under the Delaware General Corporation Law, implement a new shareholders rights plan reasonably quickly and without stockholder approval. Our Board regularly considers this topic, even in the absence of specific circumstances or takeover proposals, to facilitate its ability in the future to act expeditiously and appropriately should the need arise.

Changes in the securities laws and regulations have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs; and any future changes would likely increase our costs.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules promulgated by the SEC (including the Dodd-Frank Act) and the NYSE, required changes in some of our corporate governance, securities disclosure and compliance practices. Compliance with these rules increased our legal and financial accounting costs for several years following the announcement and effectiveness of these new rules. While these costs are no longer increasing, they may in fact increase in the future. In addition, due, at least in part, to the turmoil over the past several years in the securities and credit markets, as well as the global economy, many U.S. and international governmental, regulatory and supervisory authorities including, but not limited to, the SEC and the NYSE, have enacted additional changes in their laws, regulations and rules and may be contemplating additional changes. These changes, and any such future changes, may cause our legal and financial accounting costs to increase.

Due to inherent limitations, there can be no assurance that our system of disclosure and internal controls and procedures will be successful in preventing all errors, theft and fraud, or in informing management of all material information in a timely manner.

Our Board management, including our CEO and CFO, do not expect that our disclosure controls and internal controls and procedures will prevent all errors, theft and fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system reflects that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been or will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur simply because of error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.

If we receive other than an unqualified opinion on the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2017 or any future year-ends, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of your shares.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, larger public companies like us are required to include an annual report on internal control over financial reporting in their annual reports on Form 10-K that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, issued an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016. While we continuously conduct a rigorous review of our internal control over financial reporting in order to try to assure compliance with the Section 404 requirements, if our independent registered public accounting firm interprets the Section 404 requirements and the related rules and regulations differently from us or if our independent registered public accounting firm is not satisfied with our internal control over financial reporting or with the level at which it is documented, operated or reviewed, they may issue an adverse opinion. An adverse opinion could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we have spent a significant amount of resources, and will likely continue to for the foreseeable future, in complying with Section 404’s requirements, particularly given the changes recently introduced by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) to the manner in which internal controls over financial reporting must be administered.

 

26


Table of Contents

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.

Certain of the components that we use in our manufacturing activities are petroleum-based. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources (including oil) in our facilities and transportation activities. An increase in energy prices, which have been volatile over the past few years, could cause an increase to our raw material costs and transportation costs. The risk of an increase in energy prices may be particularly heightened given their current low levels. Such prices may return to more typical historical levels quickly, which could have a negative effect on energy markets in general which would impact our business. In addition, increased transportation costs of certain of our suppliers and customers could be passed along to us. We may not be able to increase our product prices enough to offset these increased costs. In addition, any increase in our product prices may reduce our future customer orders and profitability.

We are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, climate change and global events.

Our operations and those of our customers and suppliers may be subject to natural disasters, climate change related events, or other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our results of operation and increase our costs and expenses. We are susceptible to losses and interruptions caused by hurricanes (including in Florida, where our headquarters are located), earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water or other natural resource shortages, tsunamis, floods, typhoons, drought, fire, extreme weather conditions, rising sea level, geopolitical events such as direct or indirect terrorist acts or acts of war, international boycotts and sanctions, or widespread criminal activities and other natural or manmade disasters. Such events could make it difficult or impossible to manufacture or to deliver products to our customers, receive production materials from our suppliers, or perform critical functions, which could adversely affect our business globally or in certain regions. While we maintain similar manufacturing capacities at different locations and coordinate multi-source supplier programs on many of our materials which would better enable us to respond to these types of events, we cannot be sure that our plans will fully protect us from all such disruptions. Our insurance coverage with respect to natural disasters is limited and is subject to deductibles and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate, or may not continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms.

While we manufacture our products in a large number of diversified facilities and maintain insurance covering our facilities, including business interruption insurance, a catastrophic loss of the use of all or a portion of one of our key manufacturing facilities due to accident, labor issues, weather conditions, natural disaster or otherwise, whether short or long-term, could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

We have not received any written comments from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act that were received on or before the date that is 180 days before the end of our 2016 fiscal year and that remain unresolved.

 

27


Table of Contents
Item 2. Properties

We own or lease facilities located in the countries listed below. We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate to carry out our business at expected capacity for the foreseeable future. The table below lists the approximate square footage for our facilities as of August 31, 2016:

 

Location

   Approximate
Square Footage
    

Description of Use

Austria      97,000       Manufacturing, Design, Support
Belgium      52,000       Design, Prototype Design
Brazil      188,000       Manufacturing
Canada      12,000       Design
China(2), (3)      23,538,000       Manufacturing, Prototype Manufacturing, Design, Support, Storage
Finland      15,000       Design, Support
France(1)      483,000       Manufacturing, Storage
Germany      162,000       Manufacturing, Prototype Manufacturing, Design, Prototype Design, Support, Storage
Hungary(2)      1,159,000       Manufacturing, Support, Storage
India(1)      674,000       Manufacturing, Support
Indonesia(4)      420,000      
Ireland(2)      354,000       Manufacturing, Prototype Manufacturing, Design, Prototype Design, Storage
Israel      120,000       Manufacturing
Italy(1), (2)      568,000       Manufacturing, Storage
Japan      61,000       Manufacturing
Malaysia      1,232,000       Manufacturing, Support, Storage
Mexico      2,492,000       Manufacturing, Support, Storage
The Netherlands      420,000       Manufacturing, Storage
Poland(2)      593,000       Manufacturing
Russia(2)      258,000       Manufacturing
Scotland      143,000       Manufacturing
Singapore      214,000       Manufacturing, Design, Support, Storage
South Africa      39,000       Manufacturing, Support
South Korea      1,000       Support
Spain      292,000       Manufacturing, Storage
Taiwan      1,266,000       Manufacturing, Design, Support
Ukraine      225,000       Manufacturing
United States(2)      4,535,000       Manufacturing, Prototype Manufacturing, Design, Prototype Design, Support, Storage
Vietnam      292,000       Manufacturing
  

 

 

    
Total Facilities at August 31, 2016      39,905,000      
  

 

 

    

As of August 31, 2016, our facilities consist of 15,076,000 square feet in facilities that we own, with the remaining 24,829,000 square feet in leased facilities. The majority of the square footage in the table above is active manufacturing space. The properties listed in the table above are reported in both the EMS and DMS operating segments. Our manufacturing facilities are ISO certified to ISO 9001:2008 standards and most are also certified to ISO-14001:2004 environmental standards.

 

(1)  The facilities located in Brest, France; Chennai, India; and Cassina de Pecchi, Italy are no longer used in our business operations.
(2)  A portion of the facilities located in San Jose, California; Wuhan and Zhejiang, China; Nagyigmand, Hungary, Waterford City, Ireland; Marcianise, Italy; Kwidzyn, Poland; and Moscow and Tver, Russia are no longer used in our business operations.
(3)  Our material properties in China include approximately 5.9 million square feet of leased property in Chengdu, approximately 4.6 million square feet of property in Huangpu (of which approximately 2.6 million is owned and approximately 2.0 million is leased) and approximately 4.0 million square feet of leased property in Wuxi. Approximately 1.9 million square feet of the Chengdu facility is under construction, thus it is not currently used in our business operations.
(4)  The facility located in Bandung, Indonesia is under construction, thus it is not currently used in our business operations.

 

28


Table of Contents
Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are party to certain lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JBL.” The following table sets forth the high

and low sales prices per share for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the fiscal periods indicated:

 

     High      Low  

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016

     

First Quarter (September 1, 2015 – November 30, 2015)

   $ 25.69       $ 18.43   

Second Quarter (December 1, 2015 – February 29, 2016)

   $ 26.00       $ 18.09   

Third Quarter (March 1, 2016 – May 31, 2016)

   $ 22.00       $ 16.78   

Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2016 – August 31, 2016)

   $ 21.25       $ 17.27   

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

     

First Quarter (September 1, 2014 – November 30, 2014)

   $ 21.87       $ 18.03   

Second Quarter (December 1, 2014 – February 28, 2015)

   $ 22.62       $ 19.45   

Third Quarter (March 1, 2015 – May 31, 2015)

   $ 24.95       $ 21.12   

Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2015 – August 31, 2015)

   $ 24.76       $ 16.90   

On October 6 2016, the closing sales price for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $22.02. As of October 6, 2016, there were 1,551 holders of record of our common stock.

Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this report.

Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our cash dividends declared to common stockholders during fiscal years 2016 and 2015:

Dividend Information

 

                 Total of Cash            
     Dividend    Dividend      Dividends      Date of Record for    Dividend Cash
    

Declaration Date

   per Share      Declared     

Dividend Payment

  

Payment Date

          (in thousands, except for per share data)     

Fiscal year 2016:

   October 14, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,906       November 16, 2015    December 1, 2015
   January 21, 2016    $ 0.08       $ 15,947       February 16, 2016    March 1, 2016
   April 21, 2016    $ 0.08       $ 15,940       May 16, 2016    June 1, 2016
   July 21, 2016    $ 0.08       $ 15,575       August 15, 2016    September 1, 2016

Fiscal year 2015:

   October 16, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 15,973       November 14, 2014    December 1, 2014
   January 21, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 16,020       February 13, 2015    March 2, 2015
   April 15, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,988       May 15, 2015    June 1, 2015
   July 16, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,980       August 14, 2015    September 1, 2015

We currently expect to continue to declare and pay quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

 

29


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to our repurchase of common stock during the three months ended August 31, 2016:

 

                          Approximate  
                          Dollar Value of  
                   Total Number of      Shares that May  
     Total Number             Shares Purchased      Yet Be Purchased  
     of Shares      Average Price      as Part of Publicly      Under the Program  

Period

   Purchased(1)      Paid per Share      Announced Program(2)      (in thousands)  

June 1, 2016 – June 30, 2016

     1,125,000       $ 18.72         1,125,000       $ 378,936   

July 1, 2016 – July 31, 2016

     2,835,433       $ 18.78         2,827,369       $ 325,852   

August 1, 2016 – August 31, 2016

     943,089       $ 20.70         943,089       $ 306,325   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

     4,903,522       $ 19.14         4,895,458       $ 306,325   

 

(1)  The purchases include amounts that are attributable to shares surrendered to us by employees to satisfy, in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards and the exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights, their tax withholding obligations.
(2)  In June 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $400.0 million of our common shares. The share repurchase program expires on August 31, 2017. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we repurchased 4.9 million shares, which utilized $93.7 million of the $400.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors. In addition, following the end of fiscal year 2016 through October 6, 2016, we repurchased an additional 1.4 million shares, utilizing a total of $124.6 million of the $400.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors.

 

30


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected data are derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. This data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto incorporated into Item 8, and with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
     (in thousands, except for per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Net revenue

   $ 18,353,086      $ 17,899,196      $ 15,762,146      $ 17,249,493      $ 16,140,705   

Cost of revenue

     16,825,382        16,395,978        14,736,543        16,037,303        14,979,754   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,527,704        1,503,218        1,025,603        1,212,190        1,160,951   

Operating expenses:

          

Selling, general and administrative

     924,427        862,647        675,730        614,295        572,645   

Research and development

     31,954        27,645        28,611        28,412        25,837   

Amortization of intangibles

     37,121        24,449        23,857        10,954        12,899   

Restructuring and related charges

     11,369        33,066        85,369        80,513        —     

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          —          7,962        —          —     

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

     —          —          —          25,597        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     522,833        555,411        204,074        452,419        549,570   

Other expense

     8,380        5,627        7,637        6,095        8,935   

Interest income

     (9,128     (9,953     (3,741     (1,813     (2,002

Interest expense

     136,536        128,091        128,055        121,023        106,088   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

     387,045        431,646        72,123        327,114        436,549   

Income tax expense

     132,149        137,461        73,711        7,631        102,866   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     254,896        294,185        (1,588     319,483        333,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

          

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (7,698     20,554        50,608        62,406   

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (875     223,299        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (8,573     243,853        50,608        62,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     254,896        285,612        242,265        370,091        396,089   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     801        1,593        952        (1,391     1,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 254,095      $ 284,019      $ 241,313      $ 371,482      $ 394,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

          

Basic:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.33      $ 1.51      $ (0.01   $ 1.58      $ 1.61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.00      $ (0.04   $ 1.20      $ 0.25      $ 0.30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.33      $ 1.47      $ 1.19      $ 1.83      $ 1.91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.32      $ 1.49      $ (0.01   $ 1.54      $ 1.57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.00      $ (0.04   $ 1.20      $ 0.24      $ 0.30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.32      $ 1.45      $ 1.19      $ 1.79      $ 1.87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     190,413        193,689        202,497        203,096        206,160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     192,750        196,005        202,497        207,815        211,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

31


Table of Contents
     August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

              

Working capital

   $ 280,325       $ 191,168       $ 1,037,920       $ 955,811       $ 1,780,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10,322,677       $ 9,591,600       $ 8,479,746       $ 9,153,781       $ 7,803,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 45,810       $ 322,966       $ 12,960       $ 215,448       $ 17,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

   $ 2,074,012       $ 1,335,818       $ 1,669,585       $ 1,690,418       $ 1,658,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Jabil Circuit, Inc. stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,438,171       $ 2,314,856       $ 2,241,828       $ 2,335,287       $ 2,105,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared, per share

   $ 0.32       $ 0.32       $ 0.32       $ 0.32       $ 0.32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotive, capital equipment, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, digital home, emerging growth, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale and printing industries.

We derive substantially all of our revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompasses the act of producing tangible components that are built to customer specifications which are then provided to the customer. We recognize manufacturing services revenue when such tangible components are shipped to or the goods are received by the customer, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured (net of estimated returns). We also derive revenue to a lesser extent from electronic design services to certain customers. Revenue from electronic design services is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer.

Our reportable operating segments consist of two segments: Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”). Our EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, sharing of our large scale manufacturing infrastructure and the ability to serve a broad range of end markets. Our EMS segment includes customers primarily in the automotive, capital equipment, computing and storage, digital home, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications, point of sale and printing industries. Our DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions and a focus on material sciences and technologies. Our DMS segment includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, emerging growth, healthcare, mobility and packaging industries.

Our cost of revenue includes the cost of electronic components and other materials that comprise the products we manufacture; the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead; and adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory. As a provider of turnkey manufacturing services, we are responsible for procuring components and other materials. This requires us to commit significant working capital to our operations and to manage the purchasing, receiving, inspecting and stocking of materials. Although we bear the risk of fluctuations in the cost of materials and excess scrap, we periodically negotiate cost of materials adjustments with our customers. Net revenue from each product that we manufacture consists of an element based on the costs of materials in that product and an element based on the labor and manufacturing overhead costs allocated to that product. We refer to the portion of the sales price of a product that is based on materials costs as “material-based revenue,” and to the portion of the sales price of a product that is based on labor and manufacturing overhead costs as “manufacturing-based revenue.” Our gross margin for any product depends on the mix between the cost of materials in the product and the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead allocated to the product. We typically realize higher gross margins on manufacturing-based revenue than we do on materials-based revenue. As we gain experience in manufacturing a product, we usually achieve increased efficiencies, which may result in lower labor and manufacturing overhead costs for that product.

Our operating results are impacted by the level of capacity utilization of manufacturing facilities; indirect labor costs; and selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating income margins have generally improved during periods of high production volume and high capacity utilization. During periods of low production volume, we generally have idle capacity and reduced operating income margins.

We continue to try to monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers that we serve as well as our end-markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can try to respond appropriately as circumstances continue to change.

 

32


Table of Contents

We have consistently utilized advanced circuit design, production design and manufacturing technologies to meet the needs of our customers. To support this effort, our engineering staff focuses on developing and refining design and manufacturing technologies to meet specific needs of specific customers. Most of the expenses associated with these customer-specific efforts are reflected in our cost of revenue. In addition, our engineers engage in research and development (“R&D”) of new technologies that apply generally to our operations. The expenses of these R&D activities are reflected in the research and development line item within our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

An important element of our strategy is the expansion of our global production facilities. The majority of our revenue and materials costs worldwide are denominated in U.S. dollars, while our labor and utility costs in operations outside the U.S. are denominated in local currencies. We largely economically hedge certain of these local currency costs, based on our evaluation of the potential exposure as compared to the cost of the hedge, through the purchase of foreign currency exchange contracts. Changes in the fair market value of such hedging instruments are reflected within the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. See “Risk Factors – We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.”

We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. A significant reduction in sales to any of our customers, a customer exerting significant pricing and margin pressures on us or the termination or substantial winding down of our business relationship with one of our customers has previously had, and could in the future have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In the past, some of our customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of design, production or product management services ordered from us, including moving a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity. There can be no assurance that present or future customers will not terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us or significantly reduce or delay the volume of design, production or product management services ordered from us, or move a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity. We could in the future terminate, or substantially wind down, significant customer relationships. Any such termination or substantial winding down of a customer or manufacturing relationship or change, reduction or delay in orders could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. See “Risk Factors – Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue,” “Risk Factors – Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, or they may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and capital expenditures, and to maximize the efficiency of our manufacturing capacity” and Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Summary of Results

Net revenues for fiscal year 2016 increased approximately 2.5% to $18.4 billion compared to $17.9 billion for fiscal year 2015 primarily due to increased revenues from customers within our mobility business due to strengthened end user product demand during the first half of fiscal year 2016 as well as increased revenues from new business with existing customers within our telecommunications business.

 

33


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, certain key operating results and other financial information (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Net revenue

   $ 18,353,086       $ 17,899,196       $ 15,762,146   

Gross profit

   $ 1,527,704       $ 1,503,218       $ 1,025,603   

Operating income

   $ 522,833       $ 555,411       $ 204,074   

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 254,095       $ 284,019       $ 241,313   

Net earnings per share - basic

   $ 1.33       $ 1.47       $ 1.19   

Net earnings per share - diluted

   $ 1.32       $ 1.45       $ 1.19   

Key Performance Indicators

Management regularly reviews financial and non-financial performance indicators to assess the Company’s operating results. The following table sets forth, for the quarterly periods indicated, certain of management’s key financial performance indicators:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     August 31,      May 31,      February 29,      November 30,  
     2016      2016      2016      2015  

Sales cycle

     3 days         7 days         13 days         6 days   

Inventory turns (annualized)

     7 turns         7 turns         7 turns         8 turns   

Days in accounts receivable

     28 days         27 days         30 days         29 days   

Days in inventory

     54 days         52 days         51 days         48 days   

Days in accounts payable

     79 days         72 days         68 days         71 days   
     Three Months Ended  
     August 31,      May 31,      February 28,      November 30,  
     2015      2015      2015      2014  

Sales cycle

     4 days         1 day         4 days         4 days   

Inventory turns (annualized)

     7 turns         7 turns         7 turns         8 turns   

Days in accounts receivable

     28 days         25 days         27 days         31 days   

Days in inventory

     52 days         51 days         48 days         45 days   

Days in accounts payable

     76 days         75 days         71 days         72 days   

The sales cycle is calculated as the sum of days in accounts receivable and days in inventory, less the days in accounts payable; accordingly, the variance in the sales cycle quarter over quarter is a direct result of changes in these indicators. During the three months ended August 31, 2016, May 31, 2016, February 29, 2016 and November 30, 2015, the changes in days in accounts receivable from the prior sequential quarter were primarily due to the timing of sales and collections activity as well as cash collection efforts during the third quarter of fiscal year 2016.

During the three months ended August 31, 2016, days in inventory increased as compared to the prior sequential quarter to support expected revenue levels in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. During the three months ended May 31, 2016 and February 29, 2016, days in inventory increased as compared to the prior sequential quarter as a result of lower production in the DMS segment due to reduced consumer demand in the mobility business. The increase during the three months ended February 29, 2016 also supports inventory we expected to sell in the third quarter of fiscal year 2016. During the three months ended November 30, 2015, days in inventory decreased as compared to the prior sequential quarter due to increased sales activity. During the three months ended August 31, 2016, May 31, 2016, February 29, 2016 and November 30, 2015, inventory turns, on an annualized basis, remained relatively consistent as compared to the prior sequential quarter, respectively.

During the three months ended August 31, 2016, the increase in days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to the timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases and higher materials purchases during the quarter. During the three months ended May 31, 2016, February 29, 2016 and November 30, 2015, the changes in days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter were primarily due to the timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the respective quarters. The decrease during the three months ended February 29, 2016 is also due to lower materials purchases during the quarter.

The changes in the sales cycle during the three months ended August 31, 2016, May 31, 2016, February 29, 2016 and November 30, 2015 are due to the changes in accounts receivable, accounts payable and inventory that are discussed above.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances; however, actual results may vary from these estimates and assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 1 — “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

We derive substantially all of our revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompasses the act of producing tangible components that are built to customer specifications which are then provided to the customer. We recognize manufacturing services revenue when such tangible components are shipped to or the goods are received by the customer, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured (net of estimated returns). We also derive revenue to a lesser extent from electronic design services to certain customers. Revenue from electronic design services is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. Upfront payments from customers are recorded upon receipt as deferred income and are recognized as revenue as the related manufacturing services are provided.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables not expected to be collected from our customers. This allowance is based on management’s assessment of specific customer balances, considering the age of receivables and financial stability of the customer. If there is an adverse change in the financial condition and circumstances of our customers, or if actual defaults are higher than provided for, an addition to the allowance may be necessary.

Inventory Valuation

We purchase inventory based on forecasted demand and record inventory at the lower of cost or market. Management regularly assesses inventory valuation based on current and forecasted usage, customer inventory-related contractual obligations and other lower of cost or market considerations. If actual market conditions or our customers’ product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional valuation adjustments may be necessary.

Long-Lived Assets

We review property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property, plant and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying value to the undiscounted projected cash flows that the asset(s) or asset group(s) are expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value, which is generally determined as either the present value of estimated future cash flows or the appraised value. The impairment analysis is based on significant assumptions of future results made by management, including revenue and cash flow projections. Circumstances that may lead to impairment of property, plant and equipment include unforeseen decreases in future performance or industry demand and the restructuring of our operations resulting from a change in our business strategy or adverse economic conditions. For further discussion of our current restructuring program, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Related Charges.”

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. Estimated useful lives of amortizable intangible assets are determined by management based on an assessment of the period over which the asset is expected to contribute to future cash flows. The fair value of acquired amortizable intangible assets impacts the amounts recorded as goodwill.

We perform a goodwill impairment analysis using the two-step method on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second test is performed to measure the amount of loss, if any.

 

35


Table of Contents

We perform an indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment analysis on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the fair value. We determine the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets principally based on a variation of the income approach, known as the relief from royalty method. If the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired.

We completed our annual impairment test for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 and determined that the fair values of our reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets are substantially in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test.

Retirement Benefits

We have pension and postretirement benefit costs and liabilities in certain foreign locations that are developed from actuarial valuations. Actuarial valuations require management to make certain judgments and estimates of discount rates, compensation rate increases and return on plan assets. We evaluate these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. The discount rate is used to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. When considering the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we take into account current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on plan assets. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover. For further discussion of our pension and postretirement benefits, refer to Note 10 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

We estimate our income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, a process that includes estimating exposures related to examinations by taxing authorities. We must also make judgments regarding the ability to realize the deferred tax assets. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on our belief that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance has been established for deferred tax assets that we do not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria. We assess whether an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return meets the threshold for recognition and measurement in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our judgments regarding future taxable income as well as tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return may change due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws or other factors. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates change in the future, the valuation allowances and/or tax reserves established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a respective increase or decrease in income tax expense.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field examination of our tax returns for fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and issued a Revenue Agent’s Report on May 27, 2015, which was updated on June 22, 2016, proposing adjustments primarily related to U.S. taxation of certain intercompany transactions. If the IRS ultimately prevails in its positions, our income tax payment due for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 would be approximately $28.6 million after utilization of tax loss carry forwards available through fiscal year 2011. Also, the IRS has proposed interest and penalties with respect to fiscal years 2009 through 2011. The IRS may make similar claims in future audits with respect to these types of transactions. At this time, anticipating the amount of any future IRS proposed adjustments, interest, and penalties is not practicable.

We disagree with the proposed adjustments and intend to vigorously contest these matters through the applicable IRS administrative and judicial procedures, as appropriate. As the final resolution of the proposed adjustments remains uncertain, we continue to provide for the uncertain tax positions based on the more likely than not standard. While the resolution of the issues may result in tax liabilities, interest and penalties, which are significantly higher than the amounts provided for these matters, management currently believes that the resolution will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Despite this belief, an unfavorable resolution, particularly if the IRS successfully asserts similar claims for later years, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. For further discussion related to our income taxes, refer to Note 5 — “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Risk Factors — We are subject to the risk of increased taxes.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 17 – “New Accounting Guidance” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting guidance.

 

36


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, certain statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Net revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

     91.7        91.6        93.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8.3        8.4        6.5   

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     5.0        4.8        4.3   

Research and development

     0.2        0.2        0.2   

Amortization of intangibles

     0.2        0.1        0.2   

Restructuring and related charges

     0.1        0.2        0.5   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          —          0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2.8        3.1        1.2   

Other expense

     0.0        0.0        0.0   

Interest income

     (0.0     (0.1     (0.0

Interest expense

     0.7        0.7        0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

     2.1        2.5        0.4   

Income tax expense

     0.7        0.8        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     1.4        1.7        (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

      

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (0.0     0.1   

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (0.0     1.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          1.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1.4        1.7        1.4   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     0.0        —          0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

     1.4     1.7     1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

Net Revenue. Net revenue increased 2.5% to $18.4 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $17.9 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. Specifically, the DMS segment revenues increased 3% due to increased revenues from customers within our mobility business due to strengthened end user product demand during the first half of fiscal year 2016. EMS segment revenues increased 2% due to a 3% increase in revenues from new business with existing customers within our telecommunications business, partially offset by a 1% revenue decline spread across the remaining industries within the EMS segment.

Generally, we assess revenue on a global customer basis regardless of whether the growth is associated with organic growth or as a result of an acquisition. Accordingly, we do not differentiate or report separately revenue increases generated by acquisitions as opposed to existing business. In addition, the added cost structures associated with our acquisitions have historically been relatively insignificant when compared to our overall cost structure.

The distribution of revenue across our segments has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including but not limited to the following: fluctuations in customer demand as a result of recessionary and other conditions, such as the less than anticipated product demand that we experienced within our DMS segment that impacted our second, third and fourth fiscal quarters; efforts to de-emphasize the economic performance of certain portions of our business; seasonality in our business; business growth from new and existing customers; specific product performance; and any potential termination, or substantial winding down, of significant customer relationships.

On April 1, 2014, we completed the sale of our Aftermarket Services (“AMS”) business except for the Malaysian operations, for which the sale was completed on December 31, 2014. The AMS business was included in the DMS segment, and the results of operations of this business are classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

37


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by segment expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

EMS

     60     60     67

DMS

     40     40     33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign source revenue represented 90.7% of our net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 and 88.0% of net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. We currently expect our foreign source revenue to remain relatively consistent as compared to current levels over the course of the next 12 months.

Gross Profit. Gross profit remained relatively consistent at $1.5 billion (8.3% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $1.5 billion (8.4% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $924.4 million (5.0% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $862.6 million (4.8% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenue remained relatively consistent with the same period of the prior fiscal year. Selling, general and administrative expenses on a gross basis increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 primarily due increases in salary and salary related expenses and other costs due to increased headcount to support the continued growth of our business.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased to $32.0 million (0.2% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $27.6 million (0.2% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 primarily as the result of new projects in targeted growth sectors.

Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles increased to $37.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 as compared to $24.4 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The increase is due to the definite lived intangible assets acquired in connection with the Plasticos acquisition that occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015 and the acquisitions of Shemer, Inala and Hanson that occurred during the first and second quarters of fiscal year 2016, respectively.

Restructuring and Related Charges.

2013 Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the 2013 Restructuring Plan, we charged $11.4 million of restructuring and related charges to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 compared to $34.6 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The 2013 Restructuring Plan is intended to better align our manufacturing capacity in certain geographies and to reduce our worldwide workforce in order to reduce operating expenses. The restructuring and related charges during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 include cash costs of $8.8 million and $24.3 million related to employee severance and benefit costs, respectively, $0.0 million and $2.8 million related to lease costs, respectively, and $1.4 million and $1.9 million of other related costs, respectively, as well as non-cash costs of $1.2 million and $5.6 million related to asset write-off costs, respectively.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, $22.7 million was paid related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan. At August 31, 2016, accrued liabilities of approximately $17.5 million related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan are expected to be paid over the next twelve months.

Upon its completion, the 2013 Restructuring Plan is expected to yield annualized cost savings of approximately $76.8 million. The expected avoided annual costs consist of a reduction in employee related expenses of $72.5 million, a reduction in depreciation expense associated with asset disposals of $3.1 million, and a reduction in rent expense associated with leased buildings that have been vacated of approximately $1.2 million. The majority of these annual cost savings are expected to be reflected as a reduction in cost of revenue as well as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expense. These annual costs savings are expected to be partially offset by decreased revenues and incremental costs expected to be incurred by those plants to which certain production will be shifted. After considering these partial cost savings offsets, we expect to realize annual cost savings of approximately $65.0 million.

For further discussion of restructuring and related charges related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan, refer to Note 15 – “Restructuring and Related Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

38


Table of Contents

Other Expense. Other expense increased to $8.4 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 compared to $5.6 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The increase is primarily due to an increase in fees associated with the asset-backed securitization programs as a result of an increase in receivables sold.

Interest Income. Interest income remained relatively consistent at $9.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $10.0 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $136.5 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $128.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The increase is due to interest expense associated with the Term Loan Facility entered into on July 6, 2015.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 34.1% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to an effective tax rate of 31.8% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 increased from the effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 primarily due to the decrease in income from continuing operations in low tax-rate jurisdictions and the increase in losses in tax jurisdictions with existing valuation allowances during fiscal year 2016. This effective tax rate increase was partially offset by tax benefits from favorable tax audit resolutions and statute of limitation expirations in non-U.S. jurisdictions during fiscal year 2016.

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014

Net Revenue. Net revenue increased 13.6% to $17.9 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $15.8 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, DMS segment revenues increased 39% as a result of increased revenues of 35% from customers within our mobility business due to strengthened end user product demand and 5% growth in the consumer lifestyles and wearables technology businesses, partially offset by a 1% decline spread across the remaining industries within the DMS segment. EMS segment revenues increased 1%, which was attributable to increased revenues of 6% from new business with customers within our telecommunications and automotive businesses, partially offset by reductions in revenue of 5% predominantly from the sale of mobility handsets as a result of our disengagement from BlackBerry Limited.

Foreign source revenue represented 88.0% of our net revenue for fiscal year 2015 and 84.5% of net revenue for fiscal year 2014.

For further discussion of our net revenues, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015 — Net Revenue.”

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased to $1.5 billion (8.4% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $1.0 billion (6.5% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The increase in gross profit on an absolute basis and as a percentage of net revenue is primarily due to increased revenue from certain of our existing customers within the DMS segment, as well as an increased focus on controlling costs and improving productivity.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $862.6 million (4.8% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2015 compared to $675.7 million (4.3% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2014. The increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of net revenue during fiscal year 2015 as compared to fiscal year 2014 was the result of an increase in salary and salary related expenses and other costs due to increased headcount to support the continued growth of our business, as well as a $45.8 million reversal to stock-based compensation expense during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 due to decreased expectations for the vesting of certain restricted stock awards.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses remained relatively consistent at $27.6 million (0.2% of net revenue) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $28.6 million (0.2% of net revenue) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.

Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles remained relatively consistent at $24.4 million during fiscal year 2015 as compared to $23.9 million during fiscal year 2014.

 

39


Table of Contents

Restructuring and Related Charges.

a. 2014 Restructuring Plan

During fiscal year 2014, we recorded $49.9 million of restructuring and related charges related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan. We have completed our restructuring activities under this plan and do not expect to incur any additional costs under the 2014 Restructuring Plan.

b. 2013 Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the 2013 Restructuring Plan, we charged $34.6 million of restructuring and related charges to the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to $35.4 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The restructuring and related charges during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014 include cash costs of $24.3 million and $25.0 million related to employee severance and benefit costs, respectively, $2.8 million and $0.5 million related to lease costs, respectively, and $1.9 million and $1.3 million of other related costs, respectively, as well as non-cash costs of $5.6 million and $8.6 million related to asset write-off costs, respectively.

For further discussion of restructuring and related charges related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan, refer to Note 15 – “Restructuring and Related Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Expense. Other expense decreased to $5.6 million for fiscal year 2015 compared to $7.6 million for fiscal year 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a step acquisition gain of $6.2 million on a previously held equity interest investment offset by a loss associated with a cost method investment.

Interest Income. We recorded interest income of $10.0 million in fiscal year 2015, compared to $3.7 million in fiscal year 2014. The increase was primarily due to dividends (which are treated as interest income) on the Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock received in connection with the sale of the AMS business on April 1, 2014.

Interest Expense. Interest expense remained consistent at $128.1 million for each of fiscal years 2015 and 2014.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 31.8% for fiscal year 2015, compared to an effective tax rate of 102.2% for fiscal year 2014.

The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 decreased from the effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 primarily due to the increase in income from continuing operations in low tax-rate jurisdictions during fiscal year 2015. This effective tax rate decrease was partially offset by the tax benefit from revaluing deferred tax assets related to the enactment of the Mexico 2014 tax reform during fiscal year 2014, the reversal of stock-based compensation expense with minimal related tax expense during fiscal year 2014, and a partial valuation allowance release related to the U.S. deferred tax assets during fiscal year 2014.

Non-U.S. GAAP Core Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations include certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures as identified in the reconciliation below. The non-U.S. GAAP financial measures disclosed herein do not have standard meaning and may vary from the non-U.S. GAAP financial measures used by other companies or how we may calculate those measures in other instances from time to time. Non-U.S. GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Also, our “core” financial measures should not be construed as an inference by us that our future results will be unaffected by those items which are excluded from our “core” financial measures.

Management believes that the non-U.S. GAAP “core” financial measures set forth below are useful to facilitate evaluating the past and future performance of our ongoing manufacturing operations over multiple periods on a comparable basis by excluding the effects of the amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, restructuring and related charges, distressed customer charges, acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments, loss on disposal of subsidiaries, settlement of receivables and related charges, impairment of notes receivable and related charges, goodwill impairment charges, income (loss) from discontinued operations, gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations and certain other expenses, net of tax and certain deferred tax valuation allowance charges. Among other uses, management uses non-U.S. GAAP “core” financial measures to make operating decisions, assess business performance and as a factor in determining certain employee performance when determining incentive compensation.

We are reporting “core” operating income and “core” earnings to provide investors with an additional method for assessing operating income and earnings, by presenting what we believe are our “core” manufacturing operations. A significant portion (based on the respective values) of the items that are excluded for purposes of calculating “core” operating income and “core” earnings also impacted certain balance sheet assets, resulting in a portion of an asset being written off without a corresponding recovery of cash we may have previously spent with respect to the asset. In the case of restructuring and related charges, we may be making associated cash payments in the future. In addition, although, for purposes of calculating “core” operating income and “core” earnings, we exclude stock-based compensation expense (which we anticipate continuing to incur in the future) because it is a non-cash expense, the associated stock issued may result in an increase in our outstanding shares of stock, which may result in the dilution of our stockholders’ ownership interest. We encourage you to evaluate these items and the limitations for purposes of analysis in excluding them.

 

40


Table of Contents

Included in the table below is a reconciliation of the non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures as provided in our Consolidated Financial Statements (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015     2014  

Operating income (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 522,833       $ 555,411      $ 204,074   

Amortization of intangibles

     37,121         24,449        23,857   

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

     58,997         62,563        8,994   

Restructuring and related charges

     11,369         33,066        85,369   

Distressed customer charges

     —           —          15,113   

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments

     —           (5,480 )(a)      —     

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —           —          7,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core operating income (Non-U.S. GAAP)

   $ 630,320       $ 670,009      $ 345,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc. (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 254,095       $ 284,019      $ 241,313   

Amortization of intangibles, net of tax

     35,617         23,925        20,728   

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges, net of tax

     58,006         62,914        7,903   

Restructuring and related charges, net of tax

     11,381         32,219        72,892   

Distressed customer charges, net of tax

     —           —          10,243   

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments, net of tax

     —           (5,480 )(a)      (9,064 )(b) 

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries, net of tax

     —           —          7,962   

Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —           7,698        (20,554

Loss (gain) on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —           875        (223,299
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core earnings (Non-U.S. GAAP)

   $ 359,099       $ 406,170      $ 108,124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (U.S. GAAP):

       

Basic

   $ 1.33       $ 1.47      $ 1.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.32       $ 1.45      $ 1.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core earnings per share (Non-U.S. GAAP):

       

Basic

   $ 1.89       $ 2.10      $ 0.53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.86       $ 2.07      $ 0.53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculations of earnings per share (U.S. GAAP):

       

Basic

     190,413         193,689        202,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     192,750         196,005        202,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculations of earnings per share (Non-U.S. GAAP):

       

Basic

     190,413         193,689        202,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     192,750         196,005        204,269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)  This relates to the recognition of a final purchase price adjustment for an acquisition which was settled during fiscal year 2015.
(b)  This tax benefit relates to the partial release of the U.S. valuation allowance due to the U.S. deferred tax liabilities from the Nypro acquisition, which represent future sources of taxable income to support the realization of the deferred tax assets.

Core operating income decreased 5.9% to $630.3 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $670.0 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. Core earnings decreased 11.6% to $359.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $406.2 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. These variances were the result of the same factors described above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015.”

 

41


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial information for the 2016 and 2015 fiscal years. In the opinion of management, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere, and all necessary adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals) have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 

     Fiscal Year 2016     Fiscal Year 2015  
     Aug. 31,     May 31,     Feb. 29,     Nov. 30,     Aug. 31,     May 31,     Feb. 28,     Nov. 30,  
     2016     2016     2016     2015     2015     2015     2015     2014  
     (in thousands, except for per share data)  

Net revenue

   $ 4,430,763      $ 4,310,752      $ 4,403,594      $ 5,207,977      $ 4,680,813      $ 4,358,641      $ 4,309,323      $ 4,550,418   

Cost of revenue

     4,107,114        3,989,665        4,004,161        4,724,442        4,304,239        3,982,804        3,941,504        4,167,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     323,649        321,087        399,433        483,535        376,574        375,837        367,819        382,987   

Operating expenses:

                

Selling, general and administrative

     208,334        239,646        224,905        251,547        209,465        228,476        210,326        214,380   

Research and development

     7,521        7,675        8,465        8,292        8,142        6,997        6,501        6,005   

Amortization of intangibles

     10,971        9,711        8,599        7,840        7,352        5,724        5,783        5,590   

Restructuring and related charges

     3,020        4,460        2,535        1,353        1,232        (782     20,358        12,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     93,803        59,595        154,929        214,503        150,383        135,422        124,851        144,755   

Other expense

     2,034        2,412        2,167        1,765        389        1,880        1,665        1,694   

Interest income

     (2,475     (2,302     (2,287     (2,064     (3,501     (2,836     (1,916     (1,700

Interest expense

     34,027        35,212        34,262        33,035        32,207        31,997        32,048        31,839   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

     60,217        24,273        120,787        181,767        121,288        104,381        93,054        112,922   

Income tax expense

     21,510        18,434        42,354        49,852        30,276        32,124        35,272        39,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     38,707        5,839        78,433        131,915        91,012        72,257        57,782        73,134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

                

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          (2,473     (1,514     (4,562     853   

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          —          1,681        (947     (1,611
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          (2,473     167        (5,509     (758
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     38,707        5,839        78,433        131,915        88,539        72,424        52,273        72,376   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     642        626        (497     30        837        221        321        214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 38,065      $ 5,213      $ 78,930      $ 131,885      $ 87,702      $ 72,203      $ 51,952      $ 72,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil

                

Circuit, Inc.:

                

Basic:

                

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 0.20      $ 0.03      $ 0.41      $ 0.69      $ 0.47      $ 0.37      $ 0.30      $ 0.38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.01   $ 0.00      $ (0.03   $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 0.20      $ 0.03      $ 0.41      $ 0.69      $ 0.45      $ 0.37      $ 0.27      $ 0.37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

                

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 0.20      $ 0.03      $ 0.41      $ 0.68      $ 0.46      $ 0.37      $ 0.29      $ 0.37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.01   $ 0.00      $ (0.03   $ 0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 0.20      $ 0.03      $ 0.41      $ 0.68      $ 0.45      $ 0.37      $ 0.27      $ 0.37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                

Basic

     189,139        191,206        190,957        190,355        193,904        193,785        193,561        193,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     191,602        193,069        193,294        193,243        196,351        196,304        195,473        195,314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain financial information stated as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year 2016     Fiscal Year 2015  
     Aug. 31,     May 31,     Feb. 29,     Nov. 30,     Aug. 31,     May 31,     Feb. 28,     Nov. 30,  
     2016     2016     2016     2015     2015     2015     2015     2014  

Net revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

     92.7        92.6        90.9        90.7        92.0        91.4        91.5        91.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     7.3        7.4        9.1        9.3        8.0        8.6        8.5        8.4   

Operating expenses:

                

Selling, general and administrative

     4.7        5.5        5.1        4.8        4.5        5.2        4.8        4.7   

Research and development

     0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.1   

Amortization of intangibles

     0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.1        0.1        0.1   

Restructuring and related charges

     0.1        0.1        0.1        0.0        0.0        —          0.5        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2.1        1.4        3.5        4.1        3.1        3.1        2.9        3.2   

Other expense

     0.0        0.1        0.0        0.0        0.0        —          0.0        0.0   

Interest income

     —          (0.1     (0.1     (0.0     (0.1     (0.1     (0.0     (0.0

Interest expense

     0.8        0.8        0.8        0.6        0.7        0.8        0.7        0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

     1.3        0.6        2.8        3.5        2.5        2.4        2.2        2.5   

Income tax expense

     0.5        0.4        1.0        1.0        0.6        0.7        0.9        1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     0.8        0.2        1.8        2.5        1.9        1.7        1.3        1.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

                

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          (0.1     —          (0.1     0.0   

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          —          —          (0.0     (0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          —          —          (0.1     —          (0.1     (0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     0.8        0.2        1.8        2.5        1.8        1.7        1.2        1.5   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     0.0        0.0        (0.0     0.0        0.0        —          0.0        0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

     0.8     0.2     1.8     2.5     1.8     1.7     1.2     1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and Expansion

As discussed in Note 16 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we completed three acquisitions during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 and six acquisitions during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. Acquisitions are accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of each business from the date of acquisition. See “Risk Factors – We have on occasion not achieved, and may not in the future achieve, expected profitability from our acquisitions.”

Seasonality

Production levels for a portion of the DMS segment are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to higher demand for consumer related products manufactured in the DMS segment during the holiday selling season.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At August 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalent balances totaling $912.1 million, total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations of $2.1 billion, $1.9 billion in available liquidity under our revolving credit facilities and up to $289.9 million in available liquidity under our trade accounts receivable securitization and uncommitted sale programs. We can offer no assurance under the uncommitted sales programs that if we attempt to sell receivables through such programs in the future that we will receive funding from the associated banks which would require us to utilize other available sources of liquidity, including our revolving credit facilities.

 

43


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years ended August 31 selected consolidated cash flow information (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 916,207       $ 1,240,528       $ 499,639   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,179,981      (1,121,447      60,667   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     253,512         (162,795      (577,601

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     8,358         (42,572      6,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (1,904    $ (86,286    $ (11,124
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 was approximately $916.2 million. This resulted primarily from net income of $254.9 million, $696.8 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization expense, a $122.1 million decrease in accounts receivable, $68.0 million decrease in inventories and $59.0 million of recognized stock-based compensation expense and related charges; which were partially offset by a $194.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $86.1 million decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities. The decrease in accounts receivable is primarily driven by the reduced consumer demand in the mobility business in the second half of fiscal year 2016, coupled with cash collection efforts. The decrease in inventories was primarily due to lower production in the DMS segment in the second half of fiscal year 2016 as compared to fiscal year 2015 due to reduced consumer demand in the mobility business. The increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets was primarily due to increases in the deferred purchase price receivable under our asset-backed securitization programs due to an increase in receivables sold to the unaffiliated conduits and financial institutions, advanced deposits and an increase in value-added tax receivables. The decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities was primarily driven by the timing of purchases and cash payments and lower materials purchases associated with lower sales levels in the DMS segment in the second half of fiscal year 2016 as compared to fiscal year 2015 due to reduced consumer demand in the mobility business.

Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 was $1.2 billion. This consisted primarily of capital expenditures of $924.2 million principally for machinery and equipment for new business particularly within our DMS segment, maintenance levels of machinery and equipment and information technology infrastructure upgrades, $242.1 million of cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash received and $29.4 million of cash paid for the issuance of notes receivable.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 was $253.5 million. This resulted from our receipt of approximately $6.9 billion of proceeds from borrowings under existing debt agreements, which primarily included an aggregate of $5.8 billion of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, $500.0 million under the Term Loan Facility, $310.1 million under credit facilities with foreign subsidiaries and $300.0 million under the 4.900% Senior Notes, as well as $20.9 million of net proceeds from the exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan. This was offset by repayments in an aggregate amount of approximately $6.4 billion, which primarily included an aggregate of $5.8 billion of repayments under the Revolving Credit Facility, $310.3 million under credit facilities with foreign subsidiaries and $312.0 million for the payment of the outstanding balance on the 7.750% Senior Notes. In addition, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 we paid $148.3 million, including commissions, to repurchase 7,690,387 of our common shares, we paid $62.4 million in dividends to stockholders and we paid $10.7 million (the equivalent of 462,900 of our common shares) to the IRS on behalf of certain employees to satisfy minimum tax obligations related to the vesting of certain restricted stock awards (as consideration for these payments to the IRS, we withheld $10.7 million of employee-owned common stock related to this vesting).

Sources

We may need to finance day-to-day working capital needs, as well as future growth and any corresponding working capital needs, with additional borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and our other revolving credit facilities described below, as well as additional public and private offerings of our debt and equity. Currently, we have a shelf registration statement with the SEC registering the potential sale of an indeterminate amount of debt and equity securities in the future, from time-to-time over the three years following the registration, to augment our liquidity and capital resources. The current shelf registration statement will expire in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 at which time we currently anticipate filing a new shelf registration statement. Any future sale or issuance of equity or convertible debt securities could result in dilution to current or future shareholders. Further, we may issue debt securities that have rights and privileges senior to those of holders of ordinary shares, and the terms of this debt could impose restrictions on operations, increase debt service obligations, limit our flexibility as a result of debt service requirements and restrictive covenants, potentially negatively affect our credit ratings, and limit our ability to access additional capital or execute our business strategy. We continue to assess our capital structure and evaluate the merits of redeploying available cash to reduce existing debt or repurchase common shares.

 

44


Table of Contents

We regularly sell designated pools of trade accounts receivable under two asset-backed securitization programs and three uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs (collectively referred to herein as the “programs”). Transfers of the receivables under the programs are accounted for as sales and, accordingly, net receivables sold under the programs are excluded from accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Discussion of each of the programs is included in the following paragraphs. In addition, refer to Note 3 – “Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the programs.

Also, as described in Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, on April 1, 2014, we completed the sale of our AMS business except for the Malaysian operations, for which the sale was completed on December 31, 2014. We completed these sales for consideration of $725.0 million, which consisted of $675.0 million in cash and an aggregate liquidation preference value of $50.0 million in Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock of iQor that accretes dividends at an annual rate of 8 percent and is redeemable in nine years or upon a change in control.

a. Asset-Backed Securitization Programs

We continuously sell designated pools of trade accounts receivable under our asset-backed securitization programs to special purpose entities, which in turn sell 100% of the receivables to conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions (for the North American asset-backed securitization program) and to an unaffiliated financial institution and a conduit administered by an unaffiliated financial institution (for the foreign asset-backed securitization program). Any portion of the purchase price for the receivables which is not paid in cash upon the sale taking place is recorded as a deferred purchase price receivable, which is paid from available cash as payments on the receivables are collected. Net cash proceeds up to a maximum of $200.0 million for the North American asset-backed securitization program, currently scheduled to expire on October 20, 2017, are available at any one time. Net cash proceeds up to a maximum of $275.0 million for the foreign asset-backed securitization program, currently scheduled to expire on May 1, 2018, are available at any one time. The foreign asset-backed securitization program was amended to increase the facility limit from $175.0 million to $275.0 million, effective May 20, 2016.

In connection with our asset-backed securitization programs, at August 31, 2016, we sold $1.0 billion of eligible trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total sold outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, we received cash proceeds of $475.0 million and a deferred purchase price receivable. At August 31, 2016, the deferred purchase price receivable in connection with the asset-backed securitization programs totaled $527.3 million. The deferred purchase price receivable was recorded initially at fair value as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

b. Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

In connection with three separate trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions, we may elect to sell, at a discount, on an ongoing basis, up to a maximum of $650.0 million, $150.0 million and $100.0 million, respectively, of specific trade accounts receivable at any one time. The $650.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that was amended during the first quarter of fiscal year 2016 to increase the uncommitted capacity from $450.0 million to $650.0 million and to extend the expiration date to November 1, 2016, although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $650.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program will be automatically extended each year until August 31, 2017, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended. The $150.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that is subject to expiration on August 31, 2017 (as the agreement was extended on August 28, 2016). The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that is scheduled to expire on November 1, 2016 (as the agreement was automatically extended on November 1, 2015), although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program will be automatically extended each year until November 1, 2018, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, we sold $3.7 billion of trade accounts receivable under these programs and we received cash proceeds of $3.6 billion.

 

45


Table of Contents

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations outstanding at August 31, 2016 and 2015 are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     August 31,      August 31,  
     2016      2015  

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

   $ —         $ 309,511   

8.250% Senior Notes due 2018

     398,552         397,599   

5.625% Senior Notes due 2020

     396,212         395,321   

4.700% Senior Notes due 2022

     496,041         495,387   

4.900% Senior Notes due 2023

     298,329         —     

Borrowings under credit facilities

     —           323   

Borrowings under loans

     502,210         30,410   

Capital lease obligations

     28,478         28,156   

Fair value adjustment related to terminated interest rate swaps on the 7.750% Senior Notes

     —           2,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     2,119,822         1,658,784   

Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     45,810         322,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

   $ 2,074,012       $ 1,335,818   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Refer to Note 9 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Under our 8.250%, 5.625% and 4.700% Senior Notes, we are subject to covenants such as limitations on our and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to: consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to, another person; create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee funded debt (which only applies to our “restricted subsidiaries”); and guarantee any of our indebtedness (which only applies to our subsidiaries). We are also subject to a covenant requiring our repurchase of our 8.250%, 5.625% or 4.700% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

The asset-backed securitization programs require compliance with several covenants. The North American asset-backed securitization program covenants include compliance with the interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio of the Credit Facility. The foreign asset-backed securitization program covenants include limitations on certain corporate actions such as mergers and consolidations. At August 31, 2016 and 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants under our debt agreements and our asset-backed securitization programs.

Uses

At August 31, 2016, we had approximately $912.1 million in cash and cash equivalents. As our growth remains predominantly outside of the United States, a significant portion of such cash and cash equivalents are held by our foreign subsidiaries. We estimate that approximately $783.5 million of the cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries could not be repatriated to the United States without potential income tax consequences.

As of August 31, 2016, however, we intend to repatriate the Nypro pre-acquisition undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $181.1 million to our U.S. operations. Therefore, we continue to record a deferred tax liability of approximately $80.0 million based on the anticipated U.S. income taxes of the repatriation. We repatriated $225.3 million of current year foreign earnings to our U.S. operations during fiscal year 2016, which had no income statement impact due to the U.S. current year operating loss and the U.S. valuation allowance. We intend to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from our foreign subsidiaries.

For discussion of our cash management and risk management policies see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

We currently anticipate that during the next 12 months, our capital expenditures, which do not include any amounts spent on acquisitions, will be in the range of $500.0 million to $600.0 million, principally to support ongoing business in the DMS and EMS segments. The amounts used to fund such capital expenditures will not be available to be deployed elsewhere by us. We believe that our level of resources, which include cash on hand, available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, additional proceeds available under our trade accounts receivable securitization programs and potentially available under our uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs and funds provided by operations, will be adequate to fund these capital expenditures, the payment of any declared quarterly dividends, any potential acquisitions and our working capital requirements for the next 12 months.

 

46


Table of Contents

Our 7.750% Senior Notes of $312.0 million matured on July 15, 2016. The proceeds from the sale of the 4.900% Senior Notes were used to repay the 7.750% Senior Notes.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of $100.0 million of our common shares during the twelve month period following their authorization. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, we repurchased 2.8 million shares for approximately $54.5 million, which utilized the remaining amount outstanding of the $100.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors.

In June 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $400.0 million of our common shares. The share repurchase program expires on August 31, 2017. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we repurchased 4.9 million shares, which utilized $93.7 million of the $400.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors. In addition, following the end of fiscal year 2016 through October 6, 2016, we repurchased an additional 1.4 million shares, utilizing a total of $124.6 million of the $400.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors.

On October 14, 2015, January 21, 2016, April 21, 2016 and July 21, 2016, our Board of Directors approved payment of a quarterly dividend of $0.08 per share to shareholders of record as of November 16, 2015, February 16, 2016, May 16, 2016 and August 15, 2016. Of the total cash dividend declared on October 14, 2015 of $15.9 million, $15.2 million was paid on December 1, 2015. The remaining $0.7 million is related to dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units that will be payable at the time the awards vest. Of the total cash dividend declared on January 21, 2016 of $15.9 million, $15.3 million was paid on March 1, 2016. The remaining $0.6 million is related to dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units that will be payable at the time the awards vest. Of the total cash dividend declared on April 21, 2016 of $15.9 million, $15.3 million was paid on June 1, 2016. The remaining $0.6 million is related to dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units that will be payable at the time the awards vest. Of the total cash dividend declared on July 21, 2016 of $15.6 million, $15.0 million was paid on September 1, 2016. The remaining $0.6 million is related to dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units that will be payable at the time the awards vest. We currently expect to continue to declare and pay regular quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

Our $200.0 million North American asset-backed securitization program is scheduled to expire on October 20, 2017, and our $275.0 million foreign asset-backed securitization program is scheduled to expire on May 1, 2018. We may be unable to renew either of these programs. We can offer no assurance under the $650.0 million, $150.0 million or the $100.0 million uncommitted sales programs that if we attempt to sell receivables under such programs in the future that we will receive funding from the associated banks which would require us to utilize other available sources of liquidity, including our revolving credit facilities.

Our working capital requirements and capital expenditures could continue to increase in order to support future expansions of our operations through construction of greenfield operations or acquisitions. It is possible that future expansions may be significant and may require the payment of cash. Future liquidity needs will also depend on fluctuations in levels of inventory and shipments, changes in customer order volumes and timing of expenditures for new equipment.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities or undertake significant additional expansion activities, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable. See “Risk Factors – Our amount of debt could significantly increase in the future.”

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations for short and long-term debt arrangements and capital lease obligations; future interest on notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations; future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements; non-cancelable purchase order obligations for property, plant and equipment; and pension and postretirement contributions and payments as of August 31, 2016 are summarized below. While, as disclosed below, we have certain non-cancelable purchase order obligations for property, plant and equipment, we generally do not enter into non-cancelable purchase orders for materials until we receive a corresponding purchase commitment from our customer. Non-cancelable purchase orders do not typically extend beyond the normal lead time of several weeks at most. Purchase orders beyond this time frame are typically cancelable.

 

47


Table of Contents
     Payments due by period (in thousands)  
            Less than 1                       
     Total      year      1-3 years      4-5 years      After 5 years  

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 2,119,822       $ 45,810       $ 495,176       $ 762,026       $ 816,810   

Future interest on notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations (a)

     446,160         106,390         161,800         116,020         61,950   

Operating lease obligations

     557,712         109,168         154,504         112,463         181,577   

Non-cancelable purchase order obligations (b)

     149,051         134,996         14,055         —           —     

Pension and postretirement contributions and payments (c)

     10,447         3,855         922         1,331         4,339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations (d)

   $ 3,283,192       $ 400,219       $ 826,457       $ 991,840       $ 1,064,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)  Certain of our notes payable and long-term debt pay interest at variable rates. In the contractual obligations table above, we have elected to apply estimated interest rates to determine the value of these expected future interest payments.
(b)  Consists of purchase commitments entered into as of August 31, 2016 for property, plant and equipment pursuant to legally enforceable and binding agreements.
(c)  Includes the estimated company contributions to funded pension plans during fiscal year 2017 and the expected benefit payments for unfunded pension and postretirement plans from fiscal years 2017 through 2026. These future payments are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but will be recorded as incurred.
(d)  At August 31, 2016, we have $2.5 million and $90.8 million recorded as a current and a long-term liability, respectively, for uncertain tax positions. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments, or the amount by which our liability for these uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease over time, and accordingly, this liability has been excluded from the above table.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

We transact business in various foreign countries and are, therefore, subject to risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We enter into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, intercompany transactions and fixed purchase obligations denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. We do not, and do not intend to use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. All derivative instruments are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values. At August 31, 2016, except for certain foreign currency contracts with a notional amount outstanding of $323.3 million and a fair value of $0.4 million recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and $2.0 million recorded in accrued expenses, the forward contracts have not been designated as accounting hedges and, therefore, changes in fair value are recorded within our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The aggregate notional amount of outstanding contracts at August 31, 2016 that are not designated as accounting hedges was $1.7 billion. The fair values of these contracts amounted to a $3.9 million asset recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $10.8 million liability recorded to accrued expenses on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The forward contracts (both those that are designated as accounting hedging instruments and those that are not) will generally expire in less than three months, with ten months being the maximum term of the contracts outstanding at August 31, 2016. The change in fair value related to contracts designated as accounting hedging instruments will be reflected in the revenue or expense line in which the underlying transaction occurs within our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The change in fair value related to contracts not designated as accounting hedging instruments will be reflected in cost of revenue within our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The forward contracts are denominated in Brazilian reais, British pounds, Chinese yuan renminbi, Euros, Hungarian forints, Indian rupees, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgits, Mexican pesos, Polish zlotys, Russian rubles, South African rand, Swedish krona, Swiss francs, Taiwan dollars and U.S. dollars.

Based on our overall currency rate exposures as of August 31, 2016, including the derivative financial instruments intended to hedge the nonfunctional currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities, an immediate 10% hypothetical change of foreign currency exchange rates would not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk

A portion of our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to our domestic investment portfolio. We do not, and do not intend to, use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. We place cash and cash equivalents with various major financial institutions. We protect our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We mitigate these risks by generally investing in investment grade securities and by frequently positioning the portfolio to try to respond

 

48


Table of Contents

appropriately to a reduction in credit rating of any investment issuer, guarantor or depository to levels below the credit ratings dictated by our investment policy. The portfolio typically includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to ensure portfolio liquidity. At August 31, 2016, there were no significant outstanding investments.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2011, we entered into a series of interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million designated as fair value hedges of a portion of our 7.750% Senior Notes. Under these interest rate swaps, we received fixed rate interest payments and paid interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a spread. The effect of these swaps was to convert fixed rate interest expense on a portion of the 7.750% Senior Notes to floating rate interest expense. Gains and losses related to changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps were recorded to interest expense and offset changes in the fair value of the hedged portion of the underlying 7.750% Senior Notes.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, we terminated the interest rate swaps entered into in connection with the 7.750% Senior Notes with a fair value of $12.2 million, including accrued interest of $0.6 million at August 31, 2011. The portion of the fair value that was not accrued interest was recorded as a hedge accounting adjustment to the carrying amount of the 7.750% Senior Notes and was being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the 7.750% Senior Notes, which was through July 15, 2016.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we entered into forward starting swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The forward starting swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million and have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward starting swaps are scheduled to expire on March 15, 2018. If the anticipated debt issuance occurs before March 15, 2018, the contracts will be terminated simultaneously with the debt issuance. The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at the time of termination or expiration. Changes in the fair value of the forward starting swap transactions are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we entered into interest rate swap transactions to hedge the variable interest rate payments for the Term Loan Facility. In connection with this transaction, we will pay interest based upon a fixed rate as agreed upon with the respective counterparties and receive variable rate interest payments based on the one-month LIBOR. The interest rate swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million and have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The interest rate swaps are effective on September 30, 2016 and scheduled to expire on June 30, 2019. The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at each settlement date. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap transactions are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI.

We pay interest on several of our outstanding borrowings at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. There were $481.3 million in borrowings outstanding under these facilities at August 31, 2016. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 9 — “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our outstanding debt obligations. The effect of an immediate hypothetical 10% change in variable interest rates would not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Certain information required by this item is included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report under the heading “Quarterly Results” and is incorporated into this item by reference. All other information required by this item is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Report and is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes in or disagreements with our accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

 

49


Table of Contents
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (the “Evaluation”), under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (“Disclosure Controls”) as of August 31, 2016. Based on the Evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our Disclosure Controls were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our senior management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016 is incorporated herein at Item 15. Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016, which is incorporated herein at Item 15.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

For our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2016, we did not identify any modifications to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Many of the components of our internal controls over financial reporting are evaluated on an ongoing basis by our finance organization to ensure continued compliance with the Exchange Act. The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our internal controls over financial reporting and to modify them as necessary. We intend to maintain our internal controls over financial reporting as dynamic processes and procedures that we adjust as circumstances merit, and we have reached our conclusions set forth above, notwithstanding certain improvements and modifications.

(d) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls and Other Matters

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls may be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on the effectiveness of controls, we have nonetheless reached the conclusions set forth above on our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting.

(e) CEO and CFO Certifications

Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 are the Certifications of the CEO and the CFO, respectively. The Certifications are required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Section 302 Certifications”). This Item of this report, which you are currently reading contains the information concerning the Evaluation referred to in the Section 302 Certifications and this information should be read in conjunction with the Section 302 Certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

 

50


Table of Contents
Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding our executive officers is included in Item 1 of Part I of this Report under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant”.

The other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Proposal No. 1 - Election of Directors”, “Beneficial Ownership – Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 (“2016 Proxy Statement”).

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Compensation Discussion & Analysis” in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Beneficial Ownership – Share Ownership by Principal Stockholders and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters” and “Related Party Transactions - Certain Related Party Transactions” in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Principal Accounting Fees and Services” and “– Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit, Audit Related and Permissible Non-Audit Services” in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

 

  1. Financial Statements. Our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, with the independent registered public accounting firm reports thereon are included in Part IV of this report on the pages indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as presented on page 52 of this report.

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedule. Our financial statement schedule is included in Part IV of this report on the page indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as presented on page 52 of this report. This financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto.

Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

  3. Exhibits. See Item 15(b) below.

 

(b) Exhibits. The exhibits listed on the Exhibits Index are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

 

(c) Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a) above.

 

51


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     53   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Ernst  & Young LLP)

     54   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets – August 31, 2016 and 2015

     56   

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Years ended August  31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

     57   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended August 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

     58   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – Years ended August 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

     59   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended August  31, 2016, 2015, and 2014

     61   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     62   

Financial Statement Schedule:

  

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     98   

 

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Jabil Circuit, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016. Management based this assessment on the framework as established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.

Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of August 31, 2016, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which follows this report.

October 20, 2016

 

53


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Jabil Circuit, Inc.

We have audited Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2016 of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries and our report dated October 20, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Tampa, Florida

October 20, 2016

 

54


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Jabil Circuit, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries at August 31, 2016 and 2015 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated October 20, 2016, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Tampa, Florida

October 20, 2016

 

55


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

     August 31,  
     2016     2015  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 912,059      $ 913,963   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,359,610        1,467,247   

Inventories

     2,456,612        2,507,264   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,120,100        898,790   

Deferred income taxes

     —          79,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     5,848,381        5,866,309   

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     3,331,879        2,804,333   

Goodwill

     594,773        462,382   

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     296,954        283,536   

Deferred income taxes

     148,859        85,169   

Other assets

     101,831        89,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10,322,677      $ 9,591,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 45,810      $ 322,966   

Accounts payable

     3,593,195        3,663,264   

Accrued expenses

     1,929,051        1,685,589   

Deferred income taxes

     —          2,455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,568,056        5,674,274   

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

     2,074,012        1,335,818   

Other liabilities

     78,018        67,951   

Income tax liabilities

     90,804        96,379   

Deferred income taxes

     54,290        82,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,865,180        7,256,589   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Equity:

    

Jabil Circuit, Inc. stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; 249,763,699 and 246,680,008 shares issued and 186,998,472 and 192,068,068 shares outstanding at August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015, respectively

     250        247   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,034,525        1,955,104   

Retained earnings

     1,660,820        1,468,910   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (39,877     (50,854

Treasury stock at cost, 62,765,227 and 54,611,940 shares at August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015, respectively

     (1,217,547     (1,058,551
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Jabil Circuit, Inc. stockholders’ equity

     2,438,171        2,314,856   

Noncontrolling interests

     19,326        20,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     2,457,497        2,335,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 10,322,677      $ 9,591,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except for per share data)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Net revenue

   $ 18,353,086      $ 17,899,196      $ 15,762,146   

Cost of revenue

     16,825,382        16,395,978        14,736,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,527,704        1,503,218        1,025,603   

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     924,427        862,647        675,730   

Research and development

     31,954        27,645        28,611   

Amortization of intangibles

     37,121        24,449        23,857   

Restructuring and related charges

     11,369        33,066        85,369   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          —          7,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     522,833        555,411        204,074   

Other expense

     8,380        5,627        7,637   

Interest income

     (9,128     (9,953     (3,741

Interest expense

     136,536        128,091        128,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

     387,045        431,646        72,123   

Income tax expense

     132,149        137,461        73,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     254,896        294,185        (1,588
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

      

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (7,698     20,554   

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (875     223,299   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (8,573     243,853   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     254,896        285,612        242,265   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     801        1,593        952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 254,095      $ 284,019      $ 241,313   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

      

Basic:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.33      $ 1.51      $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.00      $ (0.04   $ 1.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.33      $ 1.47      $ 1.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.32      $ 1.49      $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.00      $ (0.04   $ 1.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.32      $ 1.45      $ 1.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     190,413        193,689        202,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     192,750        196,005        202,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 0.32      $ 0.32      $ 0.32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Net income

   $ 254,896      $ 285,612      $ 242,265   

Other comprehensive income:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     9,672        (116,745     (2,183

Changes in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

     (18,994     (29,107     2,469   

Reclassification of net losses realized and included in net income related to derivative instruments, net of tax

     38,811        12,502        7,153   

Unrealized loss on available for sale securities

     (5,436     (14,404     (1,513

Actuarial (loss) gain, net of tax

     (12,963     10,080        (446

Prior service cost, net of tax

     (113     (142     234   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     10,977        (137,816     5,714   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 265,873      $ 147,796      $ 247,979   

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     801        1,593        952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 265,072      $ 146,203      $ 247,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

     Jabil Circuit, Inc. Stockholders’ Equity              
     Common Stock            Retained     Accumulated                    
                  Additional     Earnings/     Other                    
     Shares     Par      Paid-in     (Accumulated     Comprehensive     Treasury     Noncontrolling     Total  
     Outstanding     Value      Capital     Deficit)     Income     Stock     Interests     Equity  

Balance at August 31, 2013

     203,164,870      $ 238       $ 1,853,409      $ 1,071,175      $ 81,248      $ (670,783   $ 20,280      $ 2,355,567   

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

     1,251        —           —          —          —          —          —          —     

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

     1,077,071        6         15,767        —          —          —          —          15,773   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

     5,120,099        —           —          —          —          —          —          —     

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

     (1,569,059     —           —          —          —          (34,312     —          (34,312

Treasury shares purchased

     (13,680,382     —           —          —          —          (260,274     —          (260,274

Recognition of stock-based compensation

     —          —           8,186        —          —          —          —          8,186   

Excess tax benefit of stock awards

     —          —           (2,396     —          —          —          —          (2,396

Declared dividends

     —          —           —          (66,716     —          —          —          (66,716

Comprehensive income

     —          —           —          241,313        5,714        —          952        247,979   

Adjustment of noncontrolling interests

     —          —           —          —          —          —          5,174        5,174   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

     —          —           (747     —          —          —          (973     (1,720

Sale of noncontrolling interests

     —          —           —          —          —          —          (6,898     (6,898

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —           —          —          —          —          5        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at August 31, 2014

     194,113,850      $ 244       $ 1,874,219      $ 1,245,772      $ 86,962      $ (965,369   $ 18,540      $ 2,260,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

     36,165        —           —          —          —          —          —          —     

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

     1,005,916        2         18,058        —          —          —          —          18,060   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

     1,706,944        1         (1     —          —          —          —          —     

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

     (402,143     —           —          —          —          (7,606     —          (7,606

Treasury shares purchased

     (4,392,664     —           —          —          —          (85,576     —          (85,576

Recognition of stock-based compensation

     —          —           62,826        —          —          —          —          62,826   

Excess tax benefit of stock awards

     —          —           2        —          —          —          —          2   

Declared dividends

     —          —           —          (60,881     —          —          —          (60,881

Comprehensive income

     —          —           —          284,019        (137,816     —          1,593        147,796   

 

59


Table of Contents
     Jabil Circuit, Inc. Stockholders’ Equity              
     Common Stock            Retained     Accumulated                    
                  Additional     Earnings/     Other                    
     Shares     Par      Paid-in     (Accumulated     Comprehensive     Treasury     Noncontrolling     Total  
     Outstanding     Value      Capital     Deficit)     Income     Stock     Interests     Equity  

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests

     —          —           —          —          —          —          329        329   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

     —          —           —          —          —          —          (345     (345

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —           —          —          —          —          38        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at August 31, 2015

     192,068,068      $ 247       $ 1,955,104      $ 1,468,910      $ (50,854   $ (1,058,551   $ 20,155      $ 2,335,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

     19,109        —           —          —          —          —          —          —     

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

     1,246,947        1         20,910        —          —          —          —          20,911   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

     1,817,635        2         (2     —          —          —          —          —     

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

     (462,900     —           —          —          —          (10,656     —          (10,656

Treasury shares purchased

     (7,690,387     —           —          —          —          (148,340     —          (148,340

Recognition of stock-based compensation

     —          —           58,997        —          —          —          —          58,997   

Declared dividends

     —          —           —          (62,185     —          —          —          (62,185

Comprehensive income

     —          —           —          254,095        10,977        —          801        265,873   

Declared dividends to noncontrolling interests

     —          —           —          —          —          —          (1,500     (1,500

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

     —          —           (484     —          —          —          (116     (600

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

                 
     —          —           —          —          —          —          (14     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at August 31, 2016

     186,998,472      $ 250       $ 2,034,525      $ 1,660,820      $ (39,877   $ (1,217,547   $ 19,326      $ 2,457,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 254,896      $ 285,612      $ 242,265   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     696,752        529,176        487,278   

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

     —          —          (230,878

Restructuring and related charges

     1,170        4,445        42,534   

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

     919        9,752        16,268   

Recognition of stock-based compensation expense and related charges

     58,997        62,560        10,624   

Deferred income taxes

     (23,155     (10,912     (38,971

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          —          7,962   

Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment

     12,921        12,316        (1,773

Other, net

     8,448        659        8,689   

Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:

      

Accounts receivable

     122,115        (292,706     (116,458

Inventories

     67,966        (483,071     160,790   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (194,337     113,012        73,492   

Other assets

     (4,425     25,034        6,552   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (86,060     984,651        (168,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     916,207        1,240,528        499,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash

     (242,143     (177,632     —     

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations and subsidiaries, net of cash

     —          10,191        531,189   

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

     (924,239     (963,145     (624,060

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     26,031        15,784        161,138   

Issuance of notes receivable

     (29,380     —          —     

Investments in non-marketable equity securities

     (10,250     (11,939     (3,600

Other, net

     —          5,294        (4,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,179,981     (1,121,447     60,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Borrowings under debt agreements

     6,904,215        5,966,937        6,175,953   

Payments toward debt agreements

     (6,445,922     (5,988,232     (6,400,089

Payments to acquire treasury stock

     (148,340     (85,576     (260,274

Dividends paid to stockholders

     (62,436     (63,138     (68,211

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

     20,910        18,062        15,771   

Treasury stock minimum tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock

     (10,656     (7,606     (34,312

Other, net

     (4,259     (3,242     (6,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     253,512        (162,795     (577,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     8,358        (42,572     6,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,904     (86,286     (11,124

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     913,963        1,000,249        1,011,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 912,059      $ 913,963      $ 1,000,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure information:

      

Interest paid, net of capitalized interest

   $ 128,013      $ 118,891      $ 118,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

   $ 140,704      $ 143,580      $ 118,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Jabil Circuit, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as the “Company”) is an independent provider of electronic manufacturing services and solutions. The Company provides comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotive, capital equipment, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, digital home, emerging growth, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale and printing industries. The Company’s services combine a highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing approach with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability technologies. The Company is headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida and has manufacturing operations in the Americas, Europe, Asia and Africa.

Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are as follows:

a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company, and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the information have been included. The Company has made certain reclassification adjustments to conform prior periods’ Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements to the current presentation, including adjustments related to the change in reportable segments.

b. Use of Accounting Estimates

Management is required to make estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements. They also affect the reported amounts of net income. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates and assumptions.

c. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents for consolidated financial statement purposes. Cash equivalents consist of investments in money market funds with original maturities of 90 days or less. At August 31, 2016 and 2015 there were $22.4 million and $23.3 million of cash equivalents, respectively. Management considers the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents to be a reasonable approximation of fair value given the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

d. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and use a first in, first out (FIFO) method.

e. Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is capitalized at cost and depreciated using the straight-line depreciation method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Estimated useful lives for major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

 

Asset Class

  

Estimated Useful Life

Buildings    Up to 35 years
Leasehold improvements    Shorter of lease term or useful life of the improvement
Machinery and equipment    2 to 10 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment    5 years
Computer hardware and software    3 to 7 years
Transportation equipment    3 years

Certain equipment held under capital leases is classified as property, plant and equipment and the related obligation is recorded as notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as they are incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of operating income.

 

62


Table of Contents

f. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill in a business combination as the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Business combinations can also result in other intangible assets being recognized. Amortization of intangible assets, if applicable, occurs over the estimated useful life of the asset. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently under certain circumstances, using a two-step method. The Company conducts this review during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year absent any triggering events. Furthermore, identifiable intangible assets that are determined to have indefinite useful economic lives are not amortized, but are separately tested for impairment at least annually, using a one-step fair value based approach or when certain indicators of impairment are present.

g. Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset or asset group is measured by comparison of its carrying amount to undiscounted future net cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value which is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows or as the appraised value.

h. Revenue Recognition

The Company derives substantially all of its revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompasses the act of producing tangible components that are built to customer specifications which are then provided to the customer. The Company recognizes manufacturing services revenue when such tangible components are shipped to or the goods are received by the customer, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured (net of estimated returns). The Company also derives revenue to a lesser extent from electronic design services to certain customers. Revenue from electronic design services is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. Taxes that are collected from the Company’s customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations on a net basis. The Company records shipping and handling costs reimbursed by the customer in revenue. Upfront payments from customers are recorded upon receipt as deferred income and are recognized as revenue as the related manufacturing services are provided.

i. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables and other miscellaneous receivables. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Bad debts are charged to this allowance after all attempts to collect the balance are exhausted. Allowances of $11.1 million and $11.7 million were recorded at August 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As the financial condition and circumstances of the Company’s customers change, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made as necessary.

j. Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of the rate change. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company has considered future taxable income and ongoing feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance.

 

63


Table of Contents

k. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015     2014  

Numerator:

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 254,896       $ 294,185      $ (1,588

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     801         1,593        952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc., net of tax

   $ 254,095       $ 292,592      $ (2,540

Discontinued operations attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc., net of tax

     —           (8,573     243,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 254,095       $ 284,019      $ 241,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share:

       

Denominator for basic earnings per share

     190,413         193,689        202,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilutive common shares issuable under the employee stock purchase plan and upon exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights

     160         159        —     

Dilutive unvested restricted stock awards

     2,177         2,157        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share

     192,750         196,005        202,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

       

Basic:

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.33       $ 1.51      $ (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.00       $ (0.04   $ 1.20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.33       $ 1.47      $ 1.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.32       $ 1.49      $ (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 0.00       $ (0.04   $ 1.20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.32       $ 1.45      $ 1.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For fiscal year 2016, 2,380,967 stock appreciation rights were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

For fiscal year 2015, options to purchase 217,563 shares of common stock and 3,584,831 stock appreciation rights were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

No potential common shares relating to outstanding stock awards have been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as a result of the Company’s loss from continuing operations for fiscal year 2014. The Company accordingly excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share 3,373,275 restricted stock awards, options to purchase 1,870,150 shares of common stock and 3,864,131 stock appreciation rights for fiscal year 2014.

l. Foreign Currency Transactions

For the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that use a currency other than the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, the assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported in other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved and remeasurement adjustments for foreign operations where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency are included in operating income.

m. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The three levels of the fair-value hierarchy include: Level 1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 – inputs other than quoted market prices included in Level 1 above that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Refer to Note 3 – “Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs”, Note 9 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations”, Note 10 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” and Note 14 –“Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for disclosure surrounding the fair value of the Company’s deferred purchase price receivables, debt obligations, pension plan assets and derivative financial instruments, respectively.

 

64


Table of Contents

Refer to Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” for discussion of the Company’s Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock. The Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock is valued each reporting period using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs) based on an interest rate lattice model and is classified as an available for sale security with an unrealized gain (loss) recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). The unobservable inputs have an immaterial impact on the fair value calculation of the Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock. At August 31, 2016, the fair value was $30.8 million, and is included within other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

n. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense, reduced for estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting period for outstanding stock awards. The Company recorded $59.0 million, $62.6 million and $9.0 million of stock-based compensation expense gross of tax effects, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. During the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a $7.5 million, a $5.2 million and a $45.8 million reversal, respectively, to stock-based compensation expense due to decreased expectations for the vesting of certain restricted stock awards. The Company recorded an additional tax benefit (expense) related to the stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million, $(0.4) million and $1.1 million, which is included in income tax expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal years 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Included in the compensation expense recognized by the Company is $6.5 million, $4.7 million and $4.7 million related to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company capitalizes stock-based compensation costs related to awards granted to employees whose compensation costs are directly attributable to the cost of inventory. At August 31, 2016 and 2015, $0.4 million and $0.4 million of stock-based compensation costs were classified as inventories on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively.

Cash received from exercises under all share-based payment arrangements, including the Company’s ESPP, for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $20.9 million, $18.1 million and $15.8 million, respectively. The proceeds for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were offset by $10.7 million, $7.6 million and $34.3 million, respectively, of restricted shares withheld by the Company to satisfy the minimum amount of its income tax withholding requirements. The fair value of the restricted shares withheld was determined on the date that the restricted shares vested and resulted in the withholding of 462,900 shares, 402,143 shares and 1,569,059 shares of the Company’s common stock during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The shares have been classified as treasury stock on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company currently expects to satisfy share-based awards with registered shares available to be issued.

See Note 12 – “Stockholders’ Equity” for further discussion of stock-based compensation expense.

o. Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is the changes in equity of an enterprise except those resulting from stockholder transactions.

The following table sets forth the changes in AOCI, net of tax, by component during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
     Derivative
Instruments
    Actuarial
Loss
    Prior
Service Cost
    Unrealized
(Loss) Gain
on Available
for Sale
Securities
    Total  

Balance at August 31, 2015

   $ 6,666       $ (12,033   $ (30,624   $ 1,054      $ (15,917   $ (50,854

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     9,672         (18,994     (14,009     26        (5,436     (28,741

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

     —           38,811        1,046        (139     —          39,718   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     9,672         19,817        (12,963     (113     (5,436     10,977   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at August 31, 2016

   $ 16,338       $ 7,784      $ (43,587   $ 941      $ (21,353   $ (39,877
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The unrealized losses on derivative instruments, including reclassification adjustments, recorded to AOCI during fiscal years 2016 and 2015 are net of tax benefits of $15.3 million and $19.3 million, respectively. The actuarial loss and prior service cost, including reclassification adjustments, recorded to AOCI at August 31, 2016 are net of a tax benefit (expense) of $0.6 million and $(0.3) million, respectively. The actuarial loss and prior service cost, including reclassification adjustments, recorded to AOCI at August 31, 2015 are net of a tax benefit (expense) of $2.4 million and $(0.4) million, respectively. There is no tax benefit (expense) related to the foreign currency translation adjustment and unrealized loss on available for sale securities components of AOCI, including reclassification adjustments, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

65


Table of Contents

The portions of AOCI reclassified into earnings during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 for derivative instruments were primarily classified as a component of cost of revenue. The portions of AOCI reclassified into earnings during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 for actuarial loss and prior service cost were not material.

p. Derivative Instruments

All derivative instruments are recorded gross on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values. The Company does not intend to use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Generally, if a derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income to the extent the derivative is effective, and recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations when the hedged item affects earnings. If a derivative instrument is designated as a fair value hedge, the change in fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. Changes in fair value of derivatives that are not designated as hedges are recorded in earnings. Cash receipts and cash payments related to derivative instruments are recorded in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Refer to Note 14 – “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for further discussion surrounding the Company’s derivative instruments.

2. Discontinued Operations

On December 17, 2013, the Company announced that it entered into a stock purchase agreement with iQor Holdings, Inc. (“iQor”) for the sale of Jabil’s Aftermarket Services (“AMS”) business for consideration of $725.0 million, which consists of $675.0 million in cash and an aggregate liquidation preference value of $50.0 million in Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock of iQor that accretes dividends at an annual rate of 8 percent and is redeemable in nine years or upon a change in control. The purchase price was finalized during fiscal year 2015 and was reduced by $100.2 million for cash, indebtedness, taxes, interest and certain working capital accounts of the Company’s AMS business. Also, as part of this transaction, the Company is subject to a limited covenant not to compete. On April 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of the AMS business except for the Malaysian operations, for which the sale was completed on December 31, 2014.

The Company recognized a gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax, of approximately $223.3 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The Company incurred direct transaction costs in connection with the sale of approximately $16.5 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, which is included in gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax. The income tax expense recognized on the gain on sale of discontinued operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 was significantly reduced to $7.6 million primarily due to the utilization of net operating loss related deferred tax assets with corresponding valuation allowances. At April 1, 2014, the fair value of the Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock was approximately $33.2 million, which is included in gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax.

For all periods presented, the operating results associated with this business have been reclassified into discontinued operations, net of tax in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following table provides a summary of AMS amounts included in discontinued operations (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Net revenue

   $ —         $ 14,624       $ 586,652   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, before tax

   $ —           (7,689      26,694   

Income tax expense

     —           9         6,140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ —         $ (7,698    $ 20,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, before tax

   $ —         $ (300    $ 230,878   

Income tax expense

     —           575         7,579   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ —         $ (875    $ 223,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ —         $ (8,573    $ 243,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

3. Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs

The Company regularly sells designated pools of trade accounts receivable under two asset-backed securitization programs and three uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs (collectively referred to herein as the “programs”). The Company continues servicing the receivables sold and in exchange receives a servicing fee under each of the programs. Servicing fees related to each of the programs recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not material. The Company does not record a servicing asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the Company estimates that the fee it receives to service these receivables approximates the fair market compensation to provide the servicing activities.

Transfers of the receivables under the programs are accounted for as sales and, accordingly, net receivables sold under the programs are excluded from accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

a. Asset-Backed Securitization Programs

The Company continuously sells designated pools of trade accounts receivable under its North American asset-backed securitization program, currently scheduled to expire on October 20, 2017, and its foreign asset-backed securitization program, currently scheduled to expire on May 1, 2018, (collectively referred to herein as the “asset-backed securitization programs”) to special purpose entities, which in turn sell 100% of the receivables to conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions (for the North American asset-backed securitization program) and to an unaffiliated financial institution and a conduit administered by an unaffiliated financial institution (for the foreign asset-backed securitization program). The special purpose entity in the North American asset-backed securitization program is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The special purpose entity in the foreign asset-backed securitization program is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity whose assets would be first available to satisfy the creditor claims of the unaffiliated financial institution. The Company is deemed the primary beneficiary of this special purpose entity as the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity from the transfer of the trade accounts receivable into the special purpose entity. Accordingly, the special purpose entities associated with these asset-backed securitization programs are included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Any portion of the purchase price for the receivables which is not paid in cash upon the sale taking place is recorded as a deferred purchase price receivable, which is paid as payments on the receivables are collected. Net cash proceeds of up to a maximum of $200.0 million and $275.0 million for the North American and foreign asset-backed securitization programs, respectively, are available at any one time. The foreign asset-backed securitization program was amended to increase the facility limit from $175.0 million to $275.0 million, effective May 20, 2016.

In connection with the asset-backed securitization programs, the Company sold $7.9 billion, $7.6 billion and $8.0 billion of eligible trade accounts receivable during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $7.3 billion, $7.2 billion and $7.4 billion during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively (of which approximately $8.4 million, $5.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively, represented new transfers and the remainder represented proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving-period transfers) and a deferred purchase price receivable. At August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the deferred purchase price receivables recorded in connection with the asset-backed securitization programs totaled approximately $527.3 million, $429.3 million and $513.0 million, respectively. The asset-backed securitization programs require compliance with several covenants. The North American asset-backed securitization program covenants include compliance with the interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio of the five year unsecured credit facility amended as of July 6, 2015 (the “Credit Facility”). The foreign asset-backed securitization program covenants include limitations on certain corporate actions such as mergers and consolidations.

The Company recognized pretax losses on the sales of receivables under the asset-backed securitization programs of approximately $5.1 million, $3.8 million and $3.6 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which are recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The deferred purchase price receivables recorded under the asset-backed securitization programs are recorded initially at fair value as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily discounted cash flows, and due to their credit quality and short-term maturity the fair values approximated book values. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated credit losses and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value calculations of the deferred purchase price receivables.

b. Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

In connection with three separate trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions, the Company may elect to sell, at a discount, on an ongoing basis, up to a maximum of $650.0 million, $150.0 million and $100.0 million, respectively, of specific trade accounts receivable at any one time. The $650.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that was amended during the first quarter of fiscal year 2016 to increase the uncommitted capacity from $450.0 million to $650.0 million and to extend the expiration date to November 1, 2016, although any party may elect to terminate the

 

67


Table of Contents

agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $650.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program will be automatically extended each year until August 31, 2017, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended. The $150.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that is subject to expiration on August 31, 2017 (as the agreement was extended on August 28, 2016). The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that is scheduled to expire on November 1, 2016 (as the agreement was automatically extended on November 1, 2015), although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program will be automatically extended each year until November 1, 2018, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended.

During fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company sold $3.7 billion, $2.1 billion and $1.9 billion of trade accounts receivable under these programs, respectively. In exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $3.6 billion, $2.1 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively. The resulting losses on the sales of trade accounts receivable during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not material and were recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

68


Table of Contents

4. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     August 31, 2016      August 31, 2015  

Raw materials

   $ 1,302,481       $ 1,333,588   

Work in process

     675,867         714,237   

Finished goods

     510,485         502,916   

Reserve for inventory obsolescence

     (32,221      (43,477
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories, net

   $ 2,456,612       $ 2,507,264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Income Taxes

a. Provision for Income Taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense and noncontrolling interests is summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

U.S.

   $ (317,427    $ (295,521    $ (129,764

Non-U.S.

     704,472         727,167         201,887   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 387,045       $ 431,646       $ 72,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense and noncontrolling interests include the elimination of intercompany foreign dividends paid to the U.S.

Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized below (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

   Current      Deferred      Total  

2016:

   U.S. – Federal    $ (649    $ 73       $ (576
   U.S. – State      (166      9         (157
   Non-U.S.      157,069         (24,187      132,882   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 156,254       $ (24,105    $ 132,149   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2015:

   U.S. – Federal    $ 1,169       $ (1,653    $ (484
   U.S. – State      164         (300      (136
   Non-U.S.      147,199         (9,118      138,081   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 148,532       $ (11,071    $ 137,461   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014:

   U.S. – Federal    $ 3,047       $ (9,108    $ (6,061
   U.S. – State      319         (3,606      (3,287
   Non-U.S.      107,819         (24,760      83,059   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 111,185       $ (37,474    $ 73,711   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciliations of the income tax expense at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate compared to the actual income tax expense are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Tax at U.S. federal statutory income tax rate (35%)

   $ 135,470       $ 151,076       $ 25,243   

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     (5,121      (4,474      (3,740

Impact of foreign tax rates

     (144,521      (157,827      (19,621

Permanent impact of non-deductible cost

     3,408         8,951         10,995   

Income tax credits

     (5,040      (12,773      (5,632

Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities

     182         (1,206      (23,432

Valuation allowance

     11,770         72,604         47,697   

Non-deductible equity compensation

     18,350         11,600         31,236   

Impact of intercompany charges and dividends

     94,596         49,843         9,376   

Other, net

     23,055         19,667         1,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 132,149       $ 137,461       $ 73,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015, the impact of intercompany charges and dividends increased due to the intercompany foreign dividend paid to the U.S. which was offset by a decrease in the U.S. valuation allowance. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, the impact of foreign tax rates change was due to the decrease of income in low tax-rate jurisdictions. The changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities decreased due to the enactment of the Mexico 2014 tax reform.

The Company has been granted tax incentives for its Brazilian, Chinese, Malaysian, Polish, Singaporean and Vietnamese subsidiaries. The majority of the tax incentive benefits expire at various dates through fiscal year 2020 and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. These subsidiaries generated income from continuing operations during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, resulting in a tax benefit of approximately $50.5 million ($0.27 per basic share), $74.7 million ($0.39 per basic share) and $14.6 million ($0.07 per basic share), respectively. The benefits of these incentives are recorded as the impact of foreign tax rates and income tax credits.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, the Company recorded out-of-period adjustments that increased net income from continuing operations by approximately $17.1 million, which related to fiscal year 2013 income tax benefit adjustments that were recorded in fiscal year 2014. The Company assessed and concluded that these adjustments are not material to either the consolidated quarterly or annual financial statements for all impacted periods.

b. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015  

Deferred tax assets:

  

Net operating loss carry forward

   $ 319,685      $ 261,495   

Receivables

     8,643        11,343   

Inventories

     6,970        7,876   

Compensated absences

     9,080        9,342   

Accrued expenses

     75,749        75,580   

Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation and amortization

     52,088        31,888   

U.S. federal and state tax credits

     58,725        63,927   

Foreign jurisdiction tax credits

     14,464        13,524   

Equity compensation – U.S.

     17,641        21,447   

Equity compensation – Non-U.S.

     3,873        4,507   

Cash flow hedges

     2,055        3,809   

Other

     18,767        25,403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowances

     587,740        530,141   

Less valuation allowances

     (344,828     (304,820
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 242,912      $ 225,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Unremitted earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries

     88,445        85,765   

Intangible assets

     54,130        55,208   

Other

     5,768        4,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ 148,343      $ 145,729   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 94,569      $ 79,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of August 31, 2016, the Company had federal, state (tax-effected) and foreign income tax net operating loss carry forwards (net of unrecognized tax benefits) of approximately $398.4 million, $48.5 million, and $565.3 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. The net operating loss carry forwards in the Company’s major tax jurisdictions expire in fiscal years 2017 through 2036 or have an indefinite carry forward period. The Company has U.S. federal and state tax credit carry forwards of $55.0 million and $5.7 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. Most of the U.S. federal tax credits expire through the year 2024. Most of the U.S. state tax credits expire through the year 2027. As of August 31, 2016, the foreign jurisdiction tax credits include foreign investment tax credits of $11.7 million that expire in 2026 and are based on the deferral method.

Based on the Company’s historical operating income, projection of future taxable income, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, and tax planning strategies, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize

 

70


Table of Contents

the benefit of its deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances recorded. The net increases (decreases) in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 were $40.0 million and $43.5 million, respectively. The fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 increase is primarily related to losses in jurisdictions with existing valuation allowances and the recognition of excess tax benefits due to the early adoption of the new accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions.

As of August 31, 2016, the Company intends to repatriate the Nypro pre-acquisition undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $181.1 million to the U.S. Therefore, the Company continues to record a deferred tax liability of approximately $80.0 million based on the anticipated U.S. income taxes of the repatriation. The Company repatriated $225.3 million of current year foreign earnings to our U.S. operations during fiscal year 2016, which had no income statement impact due to the U.S. current year operating loss and the U.S. valuation allowance. The Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. The accumulated earnings are the most significant component of the basis difference which is indefinitely reinvested. The aggregate undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries for which no deferred tax liability has been recorded is approximately $3.1 billion as of August 31, 2016. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

c. Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Reconciliations of the unrecognized tax benefits are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Beginning balance

   $ 154,648      $ 229,684      $ 219,132   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     7,974        4,189        16,533   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (20,045     (7,919     (3,843

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     25,892        21,541        18,219   

Adjustments for tax positions related to disposed entities

     —          —          (1,917

Adjustments for tax positions related to acquired entities

     —          1,687        (3,195

Cash settlements

     (6,553     (11,806     (9,406

Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations

     (7,099     (1,843     (1,909

Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities

     (1,787     (72,812     (4,344

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

     (3,132     (8,073     414   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 149,898      $ 154,648      $ 229,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate (if recognized)

   $ 72,152      $ 80,094      $ 72,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the reductions from settlements with taxing authorities is primarily related to the closure of a non-U.S. audit which partially disallowed a net operating loss carry forward and future tax amortization.

It is reasonably possible that the August 31, 2016 unrecognized tax benefits could decrease during the next 12 months by $0.9 million from cash payments and by $12.7 million related to the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. These amounts primarily relate to possible adjustments for transfer pricing.

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company’s accrued interest and penalties were approximately $21.9 million and $20.1 million at August 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company recognized interest and penalties of approximately $1.8 million, $2.1 million and $1.0 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2009. In major state and major non-U.S. jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2006, respectively.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field examination of the Company’s tax returns for fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and issued a Revenue Agent’s Report on May 27, 2015, which was updated on June 22, 2016, proposing adjustments primarily related to U.S. taxation of certain intercompany transactions. If the IRS ultimately prevails in its positions, the Company’s income tax payment due for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 would be approximately $28.6 million after utilization of tax loss carry forwards available through fiscal year 2011. Also, the IRS has proposed interest and penalties with respect to fiscal years 2009 through 2011. The IRS may make similar claims in future audits with respect to these types of transactions. At this time, anticipating the amount of any future IRS proposed adjustments, interest, and penalties is not practicable.

The Company disagrees with the proposed adjustments and intends to vigorously contest these matters through the applicable IRS administrative and judicial procedures, as appropriate. As the final resolution of the proposed adjustments remains uncertain, the Company continues to provide for the uncertain tax positions based on the more likely than not standard. While the resolution of the issues may result in tax liabilities, interest and penalties, which are significantly higher than the amounts provided for these matters, management currently believes that the resolution will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Despite this belief, an unfavorable resolution, particularly if the IRS successfully asserts similar claims for later years, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

71


Table of Contents

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     August 31,  
     2016      2015  

Land and improvements

   $ 120,470       $ 112,416   

Buildings

     809,890         756,314   

Leasehold improvements

     815,308         630,595   

Machinery and equipment

     3,475,325         2,787,641   

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

     164,079         147,502   

Computer hardware and software

     562,456         498,348   

Transportation equipment

     22,307         21,333   

Construction in progress

     84,016         89,606   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,053,851         5,043,755   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     2,721,972         2,239,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,331,879       $ 2,804,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense of approximately $659.5 million, $504.7 million and $461.3 million was recorded for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Maintenance and repair expense was approximately $197.4 million, $205.5 million and $158.7 million for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

As of August 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $90.3 million and $72.5 million, respectively, for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment included in accounts payable for which cash payment has not been made and is considered a non-cash investing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company performs a goodwill impairment analysis using the two-step method on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second step is performed to measure the amount of loss, if any.

The Company completed its annual impairment test for goodwill during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 and determined the fair values of the reporting units were substantially in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test. For each annual impairment test the Company consistently determines the fair value of its reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples.

 

72


Table of Contents

The following tables present the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments, Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

     August 31, 2015                  August 31, 2016  
            Accumulated     Acquisitions      Foreign            Accumulated        
     Gross      Impairment     &      Currency     Gross      Impairment        

Reportable Segment

   Balance      Balance     Adjustments      Impact     Balance      Balance     Net Balance  

EMS

   $ 491,926       $ (464,053   $ 23,690       $ (384   $ 515,232       $ (464,053   $ 51,179   

DMS

     990,278         (555,769     111,417         (2,332     1,099,363         (555,769     543,594   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,482,204       $ (1,019,822   $ 135,107       $ (2,716   $ 1,614,595       $ (1,019,822   $ 594,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     August 31, 2014                  August 31, 2015  
            Accumulated     Acquisitions      Foreign            Accumulated        
     Gross      Impairment     &      Currency     Gross      Impairment        

Reportable Segment

   Balance      Balance     Adjustments      Impact     Balance      Balance     Net Balance  

EMS

   $ 474,305       $ (464,053   $ 18,586       $ (965   $ 491,926       $ (464,053   $ 27,873   

DMS

     929,161         (555,769     64,262         (3,145     990,278         (555,769     434,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,403,466       $ (1,019,822   $ 82,848       $ (4,110   $ 1,482,204       $ (1,019,822   $ 462,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis and consist primarily of contractual agreements and customer relationships, which are being amortized over periods of up to 15 years and intellectual property which is being amortized over periods of up to 8 years. Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of trade names. The Company completed its annual impairment test for its indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis included assumptions regarding appropriate revenue growth rates, discount rates and royalty rates. No significant residual values are estimated for the amortizable intangible assets. The value of the Company’s intangible assets purchased through business acquisitions is principally determined based on valuations of the net assets acquired. The following tables present the Company’s total purchased intangible assets at August 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Gross             Net  
     Carrying      Accumulated      Carrying  

August 31, 2016

   Amount      Amortization      Amount  

Contractual agreements and customer relationships

   $ 250,451       $ (113,393    $ 137,058   

Intellectual property

     151,025         (114,219      36,806   

Finite-lived trade name

     5,006         (5,006      —     

Indefinite-lived trade name

     123,090         —           123,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 529,572       $ (232,618    $ 296,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Gross             Net  
     Carrying      Accumulated      Carrying  

August 31, 2015

   Amount      Amortization      Amount  

Contractual agreements and customer relationships

   $ 201,423       $ (96,013    $ 105,410   

Intellectual property

     150,453         (99,295      51,158   

Finite-lived trade name

     4,434         (556      3,878   

Indefinite-lived trade name

     123,090         —             123,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 479,400       $ (195,864    $ 283,536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average amortization period for aggregate net intangible assets at August 31, 2016 is 9.2 years, which includes a weighted-average amortization period of 11.1 years for net contractual agreements and customer relationships and a weighted-average amortization period of 5.0 years for net intellectual property.

 

73


Table of Contents

Intangible asset amortization for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $37.1 million, $24.4 million and $23.9 million, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 33,328   

2018

     31,316   

2019

     22,313   

2020

     20,130   

2021

     12,269   

Thereafter

     54,508   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 173,864   
  

 

 

 

8. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     August 31, 2016      August 31, 2015  

Deferred income

   $ 893,148       $ 512,481   

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

     449,183         504,226   

Other accrued expenses

     586,720         668,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

   $ 1,929,051       $ 1,685,589   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations outstanding at August 31, 2016 and 2015 are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     August 31,      August 31,  
     2016      2015  

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016(a)

   $ —         $ 309,511   

8.250% Senior Notes due 2018(b)

     398,552         397,599   

5.625% Senior Notes due 2020(c)

     396,212         395,321   

4.700% Senior Notes due 2022(d)

     496,041         495,387   

4.900% Senior Notes due 2023(e)

     298,329         —     

Borrowings under credit facilities(f)

     —           323   

Borrowings under loans(g)

     502,210         30,410   

Capital lease obligations(h)

     28,478         28,156   

Fair value adjustment related to terminated interest rate swaps on the 7.750% Senior Notes(i)

     —           2,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     2,119,822         1,658,784   

Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     45,810         322,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

   $ 2,074,012       $ 1,335,818   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The $400.0 million of 8.250% senior unsecured notes, $400.0 million of 5.625% senior unsecured notes, $500.0 million of 4.700% senior unsecured notes and $300.0 million of 4.900% senior unsecured notes outstanding are carried at the principal amount of each note, less any unamortized discount. The estimated fair values of the Company’s publicly traded debt, including the 8.250%, 5.625% and 4.700% senior notes, were approximately $437.9 million, $433.3 million and $523.8 million respectively, at August 31, 2016. The fair value estimates are based upon observable market data (Level 2 criteria). The estimated fair value of the Company’s private debt, the 4.900% senior notes, was approximately $312.3 million, at August 31, 2016. This fair value estimate is based on the Company’s indicative borrowing cost derived from discounted cash flows (Level 3 criteria). The carrying amounts of borrowings under credit facilities and under loans approximates fair value as interest rates on these instruments approximates current market rates.

 

(a)  During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company issued $312.0 million of seven-year, publicly-registered 7.750% notes (the “7.750% Senior Notes”) at 96.1% of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $300.0 million. The 7.750% Senior Notes pay

 

74


Table of Contents
  interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15. Also, the 7.750% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations. The 7.750% Senior Notes matured on July 15, 2016, and at that time, the outstanding balance was fully paid.

 

(b)  During the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2008, the Company issued $250.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, of ten-year, unregistered 8.250% notes at 99.965% of par and 97.5% of par, respectively, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $245.7 million and $148.5 million, respectively. On July 18, 2008, the Company completed an exchange whereby all of the outstanding unregistered 8.250% notes were exchanged for registered 8.250% notes (collectively the “8.250% Senior Notes”) that are substantially identical to the unregistered notes except that the 8.250% Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and do not have any transfer restrictions, registration rights or rights to additional special interest.

The 8.250% Senior Notes mature on March 15, 2018 and pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15. The interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes is subject to adjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as provided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(c)  During the first quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company issued $400.0 million of ten-year publicly registered 5.625% notes (the “5.625% Senior Notes”) at par. The net proceeds from the offering of $400.0 million were used to fully repay the term portion of the credit facility dated as of July 19, 2007 (the “Old Credit Facility”) and partially repay amounts outstanding under the Company’s foreign asset-backed securitization program. The 5.625% Senior Notes mature on December 15, 2020. Interest on the 5.625% Senior Notes is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2011. The 5.625% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(d)  During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company issued $500.0 million of ten-year publicly registered 4.700% notes (the “4.700% Senior Notes”) at 99.992% of par. The net proceeds from the offering of $500.0 million were used to repay outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility and for general corporate purposes. The 4.700% Senior Notes mature on September 15, 2022 and pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on March 15, 2013. The 4.700% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(e)  On May 19, 2016, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement with certain third parties which closed on July 14, 2016 for a private placement of $300.0 million of senior unsecured notes maturing on July 14, 2023 with an interest rate of 4.9% (the “4.900% Senior Notes”). The proceeds from the sale of the notes were used to repay the Company’s $312.0 million 7.750% Senior Notes due July 15, 2016. The Company is subject to financial covenants based in part on those set forth in its Revolving Credit Facility, including: (1) a maximum ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, all indebtedness and loss on sale of accounts receivable. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries, are subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon transactions with affiliates; limitation upon mergers, consolidations, etc.; limitation upon sales of assets; limitation upon changes in line of business; terrorism sanction regulations; limitation upon subsidiary indebtedness; limitation upon liens; financial and business information; visitation rights; compliance with laws; insurance; maintenance of properties; payment of taxes and claims; preservation of corporate existence, etc.; keeping of books and records; subsidiary guarantees or liability for certain indebtedness; and most favored lender requirement with respect to certain indebtedness. Terms used above in the description of financial covenants have specific meanings ascribed to them in the note purchase agreement.

 

(f)  As of August 31, 2016, the Company has eleven credit facilities with foreign subsidiaries that finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. Nine of the credit facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars, one is denominated in Brazilian reais and one is denominated in Euros. The credit facilities incur interest at fixed and variable rates ranging from 1.2% to 12.4%.

On July 6, 2015, the Company entered into an amended and restated senior unsecured five year credit agreement. The credit agreement provides for the Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $1.5 billion, which may, subject to the lenders’ discretion, potentially be increased up to $2.0 billion and a $500.0 million five year delayed draw Term Loan Facility. Both the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility expire on July 6, 2020, but in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility, subject to two whole or partial one-year extensions, at the lender’s discretion. Interest and fees on Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility advances are based on the Company’s non-credit enhanced long-term senior unsecured debt rating as determined by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings. Interest is charged at a rate equal to (a) for the Revolving Credit Facility, either 0.000% to 0.650% above the base rate or 1.000% to 1.650% above the Eurocurrency rate and (b) for the Term Loan Facility, either 0.125% to 1.000% above the base rate or 1.125% to 2.000% above the Eurocurrency rate, in each case where the base rate represents the greatest of Citibank, N.A.’s base rate, 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and 1.0% above one-month LIBOR, but not less than zero, and the Eurocurrency rate represents adjusted LIBOR or adjusted CDOR, as applicable, for the applicable interest period, but not less than zero, each as more fully described in the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders and a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit. The Company, along

 

75


Table of Contents
  with its subsidiaries, is subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum Debt to EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility agreement) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, all Debt (as defined in the Credit Facility agreement) and loss on sale of accounts receivable. In addition, the Company is subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc.; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc. of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; limitation upon use of proceeds; compliance with laws, etc.; payment of taxes, etc.; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc.; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc.; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements.

During fiscal year 2016, the Company borrowed $5.8 billion against the Revolving Credit Facility under multiple draws and repaid $5.8 billion under multiple payments.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, a foreign subsidiary of the Company entered into an uncommitted credit facility to finance its growth and any corresponding working capital needs. The credit facility provides for a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $150.0 million with interest charged at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.1%.

 

(g)  On September 22, 2015, the Company borrowed $500.0 million against the Term Loan Facility.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company entered into a master lease agreement with a variable interest entity (the “VIE”) whereby it sells to and subsequently leases back from the VIE up to $60.0 million in certain machinery and equipment for a period of up to five years. In connection with this transaction, the Company holds a variable interest in the VIE, which was designed to hold debt obligations payable to third-party creditors. The proceeds from such debt obligations are utilized to finance the purchase of the machinery and equipment that is then leased by the Company. The Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE as it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Therefore, the Company consolidates the financial statements of the VIE and eliminates all intercompany transactions. At August 31, 2016, the VIE had approximately $18.9 million of total assets, of which approximately $18.6 million was comprised of a note receivable due from the Company, and approximately $18.5 million of total liabilities, of which approximately $18.5 million were debt obligations to the third-party creditors (as the VIE has utilized approximately $18.5 million of the $60.0 million debt obligation capacity). The third-party creditors have recourse to the Company’s general credit only in the event that the Company defaults on its obligations under the terms of the master lease agreement. In addition, the assets held by the VIE can be used only to settle the obligations of the VIE.

In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2016, the Company has borrowings outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $2.4 million, of which $1.4 million are denominated in Euros, $0.7 million are denominated in Russian rubles and $0.3 million are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

(h)  Primarily related to various capital lease obligations the company acquired during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, in connection with the acquisition of Nypro.

 

(i)  This amount represents the fair value hedge accounting adjustment related to the 7.750% Senior Notes. For further discussion of the Company’s fair value hedges, see Note 14 - “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

76


Table of Contents

Under its 8.250%, 5.625%, and 4.700% Senior Notes, the Company is subject to covenants such as limitations on its and/or its subsidiaries’ ability to: consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, another person; create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee funded debt (which only applies to the Company’s “restricted subsidiaries”); and guarantee any of the Company’s indebtedness (which only applies to the Company’s subsidiaries). The Company is also subject to a covenant requiring our repurchase of the 8.250%, 5.625%, or 4.700% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

Debt maturities as of August 31, 2016 for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 45,810   

2018

     443,692   

2019

     51,484   

2020

     364,096   

2021

     397,930   

Thereafter

     816,810   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,119,822   
  

 

 

 

10. Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits

Postretirement Benefits

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2002, the Company established a defined benefit pension plan for all permanent employees of Jabil Circuit UK Limited. This plan was established in accordance with the terms of the business sale agreement with Marconi Communications plc (“Marconi”). The benefit obligations and plan assets from the terminated Marconi plan were transferred to the newly established defined benefit plan (the “UK plan”). The UK plan, which is closed to new participants, provides benefits based on average employee earnings over a three-year service period preceding retirement and length of employee service. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in UK employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as are deemed appropriate by the Company. Plan assets are held in trust and consist of equity and debt securities as detailed below.

As a result of acquiring various other operations in Austria, France, Germany, The Netherlands, Poland, and Taiwan, the Company assumed both funded and unfunded retirement benefits to be paid based upon years of service and compensation at retirement (the “other plans”). All permanent employees meeting the minimum service requirement are eligible to participate in the other plans.

The UK plan and other plans are collectively referred to herein as the “plans.”

There is no domestic pension or post-retirement benefit plan maintained by the Company.

The Company is required to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its Consolidated Balance Sheet, and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.

 

77


Table of Contents

a. Benefit Obligations

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in the benefit obligations for the plans for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2016      2015  

Beginning projected benefit obligation

   $ 161,230       $ 182,653   

Service cost

     883         1,054   

Interest cost

     4,844         5,554   

Actuarial loss (gain)

     40,170         (5,252

Curtailment gain

     —           (2,542

Total benefits paid

     (5,587      (5,238

Plan participants’ contributions

     27         28   

Amendments

     —           (198

Acquisitions

     —           1,769   

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

     (19,289      (16,598
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending projected benefit obligation

   $ 182,278       $ 161,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations for the plans for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2016     2015  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     3.3     4.4

Rate of compensation increase

     4.1     4.3

Discount rate

     1.7     3.2

The Company evaluates these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. The discount rate is used to state expected cash flows relating to future benefits at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments whose timing would match the cash out flow of retirement benefits. A lower discount rate would increase the present value of benefit obligations and vice versa. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover.

b. Plan Assets

The Company has adopted an investment policy for a majority of plan assets which was set by plan trustees who have the responsibility for making investment decisions related to the plan assets. The plan trustees oversee the investment allocation, including selecting professional investment managers and setting strategic targets. The investment objectives for the assets are (1) to acquire suitable assets that hold the appropriate liquidity in order to generate income and capital growth that, along with new contributions, will meet the cost of current and future benefits under the plan, (2) to limit the risk of the plan assets from failing to meet the plan liabilities over the long-term and (3) to minimize the long-term costs under the plan by maximizing the return on the plan assets.

Investment policies and strategies governing the assets of the plans are designed to achieve investment objectives with prudent risk parameters. Risk management practices include the use of external investment managers; the maintenance of a portfolio diversified by asset class, investment approach and security holdings; and the maintenance of sufficient liquidity to meet benefit obligations as they come due. Within the equity securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. The plans do not hold any of the Company’s stock. Within the debt securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in corporate bonds as well as fixed and variable interest debt instruments. The Company currently expects to achieve the target mix of 35% equity and 65% debt securities in fiscal year 2017.

 

78


Table of Contents

The fair values of the plan assets held by the Company by asset category for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

                  Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as:  
     Fair Value at                             
     August 31, 2016      Asset Allocation     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Asset Category

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,565         3   $ 3,565       $ —         $ —     

Equity Securities:

             

Global equity securities(a)

     41,515         29     —           41,515         —     

Debt Securities:

             

U.K. corporate bonds(b)

     27,268         19     —           27,268         —     

U.K. government bonds(c)

     34,359         24     —           34,359      

Global government bonds(d)

     6,136         4     —           6,136         —     

Global corporate bonds(e)

     14,725         10     —           14,725      

Other Investments:

             

Insurance contracts(f)

     16,134         11     —           —           16,134   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 143,702         100   $ 3,565       $ 124,003       $ 16,134   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                  Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as:  
     Fair Value at                             
     August 31, 2015      Asset Allocation     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Asset Category

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,567         3   $ 4,567       $ —         $ —     

Equity Securities:

             

Global equity securities(g)

     24,143         18     —           24,143         —     

U.K. equity securities(h)

     24,211         18     —           24,211         —     

Debt Securities:

             

U.K. corporate bonds(i)

     50,817         38     —           50,817         —     

U.K. government bonds(j)

     16,866         12     —           16,866         —     

Other Investments:

             

Insurance contracts(f)

     14,204         11     —           —           14,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 134,808         100   $ 4,567       $ 116,037       $ 14,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)  Global equity securities are categorized as Level 2 and include investments that aim to capture global equity market returns by tracking the Morgan Stanley Capital International (“MSCI”) World Index and other similar world stocks indexes.
(b)  U.K. corporate bonds are categorized as Level 2 and include U.K. corporate issued fixed income investments which are managed and tracked to the respective benchmark (Bank of America Merrill Lynch (“BofAML”) Sterling Corporate & Collateralised All-Stocks (Excluding Subordinated Financials)).
(c)  U.K. government bonds are categorized as Level 2 and include U.K. government issued inflation-linked income investments which are managed and tracked to the respective benchmarks (FTSE Actuaries UK Index-Linked Gilts Over 5 Years) and a custom benchmark based on the longest gilts in issue).
(d)  Global government bonds are categorized as Level 2 and include emerging market government issued fixed income investments which are managed and tracked to the respective benchmark (J.P.Morgan GBI-EM Global Diversified).
(e)  Global corporate bonds are categorized as Level 2 and include global corporate issued fixed income investments which are managed and tracked to the respective benchmarks (BofAML Developed Market BB/B Global High Yield Constrained Index; BofAML Global High Yield Constrained and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”)/Loan Syndications & Trading Association (“LSTA”) US Leveraged Loan Hedged).
(f)  The assets related to The Netherlands plan consist of an insurance contract that guarantees the payment of the funded pension entitlements, as well as provides a profit share to the Company. The profit share in this contract is not based on actual investments, but, instead on a notional investment portfolio that is expected to return a pre-defined rate. Insurance contract assets are recorded at fair value, which is determined based on the cash surrender value of the insured benefits which is the present value of the guaranteed funded benefits. Insurance contracts are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily by discounting expected future cash flows relating to benefits paid from a notional investment portfolio in order to determine the cash surrender value of the policy. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated future benefits to be paid throughout the duration of the policy and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value estimate of the contract.
(g)  Global equity securities are categorized as Level 2 and include investments that aim to capture global equity market returns by tracking the Financial Times (London) Stock Exchange (“FTSE”) AW-World (ex-UK) Index and other similar indexes in Germany.
(h)  U.K. equity securities are categorized as Level 2 and include investments in a diversified portfolio that aims to capture the returns of the U.K. equity market. The portfolio tracks the FTSE All-Share Index and invests only in U.K. securities.
(i)  U.K. corporate bonds are categorized as Level 2 and include U.K. corporate issued fixed income investments which are managed and tracked to the respective benchmark (AAA-AA-A Bonds-Over 15Y Index).
(j)  U.K. government bonds are categorized as Level 2 and include U.K. government-issued fixed income investments which are managed and tracked to the respective benchmark (FTSE U.K. Over 15 Years Gilts Index and FTSE U.K. Over 5 Years Index-Linked).

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the pension plan assets for the year between measurement dates for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2016      2015  

Beginning fair value of plan assets

   $ 134,808       $ 136,451   

Actual return on plan assets

     29,734         9,810   

Acquisitions

     —           1,756   

Employer contributions

     3,391         3,499   

Benefits paid from plan assets

     (5,268      (5,037

Plan participants’ contributions

     27         28   

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

     (18,990      (11,699
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending fair value of plan assets

   $ 143,702       $ 134,808   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

c. Funded Status

The following table provides a reconciliation of the funded status of the plans to the Consolidated Balance Sheets for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2016      2015  

Funded Status

     

Ending fair value of plan assets

   $ 143,702       $ 134,808   

Ending projected benefit obligation

     (182,278      (161,230
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Under or unfunded status

   $ (38,576    $ (26,422
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information

     

Accrued benefit liability, current

   $ (383    $ (140

Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent

     (38,193      (26,282
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net liability recorded at August 31

   $ (38,576    $ (26,422
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

     

Net actuarial loss

   $ 44,155       $ 32,986   

Prior service credit

     (1,255      (1,405
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, before taxes

   $ 42,900       $ 31,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides the estimated amount that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in fiscal year 2017 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  

Recognized net actuarial loss

   $ 1,919   

Amortization of prior service credit

     (139
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,780   
  

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the plans was $171.6 million and $152.8 million at August 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The following table provides information for the plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

     August 31,  
     2016      2015  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 182,278       $ 161,230   

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 171,589       $ 152,818   

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 143,702       $ 134,808   

d. Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table provides information about net periodic benefit cost for the plans for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

80


Table of Contents
     Pension Benefits  
     2016      2015      2014  

Service cost

   $ 883       $ 1,054       $ 1,225   

Interest cost

     4,844         5,554         6,819   

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     (5,560      (5,778      (6,167

Recognized actuarial loss

     1,046         1,723         2,817   

Net curtailment gain

     —           (2,542      (107

Amortization of prior service credit

     (139      (147      (198
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 1,074       $ (136    $ 4,389   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the plans for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2016     2015     2014  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     4.3     4.4     5.1

Rate of compensation increase

     2.4     3.2     4.0

Discount rate

     2.9     1.8     3.0

The expected return on plan assets assumption used in calculating net periodic pension cost is based on historical actual return experience and estimates of future long-term performance with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan assets.

e. Cash Flows

The Company expects to make cash contributions of between $2.9 million and $3.3 million to its funded pension plans during fiscal year 2017. The Company does not anticipate the return of any plan assets during fiscal year 2017.

The estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 4,669   

2018

     4,605   

2019

     5,656   

2020

     5,765   

2021

     5,309   

Years 2022 through 2026

     35,745   

 

81


Table of Contents

Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan and Defined Contribution Plans

The Company provides retirement benefits to its domestic employees who have completed a 90-day period of service through a 401(k) plan that provides a matching contribution by the Company. Company contributions are at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company also has defined contribution benefit plans for certain of its international employees primarily dictated by the custom of the regions in which it operates. In relation to these plans, the Company contributed approximately $33.3 million, $36.8 million and $34.8 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

a. Lease Agreements

The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. Lease agreements may contain lease escalation clauses and purchase or renewal options. The Company recognizes scheduled lease escalation clauses over the course of the applicable lease term on a straight-line basis in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at August 31, 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 109,168   

2018

     81,250   

2019

     73,254   

2020

     61,756   

2021

     50,707   

Thereafter

     181,577   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 557,712   
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease expense was approximately $120.4 million, $105.3 million and $96.5 million for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

b. Legal Proceedings

The Company is party to certain lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

12. Stockholders’ Equity

The 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors during the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 and approved by the stockholders during the second quarter of fiscal year 2011. The 2011 Plan provides for the granting of restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock-based awards. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be subject to awards under the 2011 Plan is 18,350,000. If any portion of an outstanding award that was granted under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), which was terminated immediately upon the effectiveness of the 2011 Plan, for any reason expires or is canceled or forfeited on or after the date of termination of the 2002 Plan, the shares allocable to the expired, canceled or forfeited portion of such 2002 Plan award shall be available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

The 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 ESPP”) was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors during the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 and approved by the shareholders during the second quarter of fiscal year 2011 with 6,000,000 shares authorized for issuance. The offering period beginning July 1, 2011 was the first offering period shares were issued under the 2011 ESPP. The Company also adopted a tax advantaged sub-plan under the 2011 ESPP for its Indian employees. Shares are issued under the Indian sub-plan from the authorized shares under the 2011 ESPP. The offering period ending June 30, 2011 was the final offering period shares were issued under the previous ESPP (the “2002 ESPP”).

 

82


Table of Contents

a. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

There were no stock options or stock appreciation rights (“SARS”) granted (collectively known as “Options”), excluding those granted under the ESPP, during fiscal year 2016. There were no stock options granted and 0.4 million stock appreciation rights granted, excluding those granted under the ESPP, during fiscal years 2015. The total intrinsic value of Options exercised during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $0.5 million, $1.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively. As of August 31, 2016, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options. The total fair value of Options vested during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $0.0 million, $2.8 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes shares available for grant and SARS activity from August 31, 2015 through August 31, 2016.

 

                               Weighted-  
                        Weighted-      Average  
     Shares           Average      Average      Remaining  
     Available     SARS     Intrinsic Value      Exercise      Contractual  
     for Grant     Outstanding     (in thousands)      Price      Life (years)  

Balance at August 31, 2015

     8,376,072        3,760,871      $ 492,060       $ 26.60         1.53   

SARS canceled

     1,185,895        (1,185,895      $ 29.86      

Restricted stock awards granted, net of forfeitures (a)

     (4,663,228     —             

SARS exercised

     —          (135,910      $ 20.92      
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance at August 31, 2016

     4,898,739        2,439,066      $ 1,066       $ 25.32         1.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Exercisable at August 31, 2016

       2,439,066      $ 1,066       $ 25.32         1.13   

 

(a)  Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.

b. Restricted Stock Awards

Certain key employees have been granted time-based, performance-based and market-based restricted stock awards. The time-based restricted awards granted generally vest on a graded vesting schedule over three years. The performance-based restricted awards generally vest on a cliff vesting schedule over three to five years and provide a range of vesting possibilities of up to a maximum of 100% or 150%, depending on the specified performance condition and the level of achievement obtained. The market-based awards have a vesting condition that is tied to the Company’s stock performance in relation to the Standard and Poor’s (S&P) Super Composite Technology Hardware and Equipment Index. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the Company awarded approximately 2.6 million time-based restricted stock units, 1.3 million performance-based restricted stock units and 0.4 million market-based restricted stock units.

The stock-based compensation expense for the time-based and performance based restricted stock awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) is measured at fair value on the date of grant based on the number of shares expected to vest and the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock. For restricted stock awards with performance conditions, stock-based compensation expense is originally based on the number of shares that would vest if the Company achieved 100% of the performance goal, which was the probable outcome at the grant date. Throughout the requisite service period, management monitors the probability of achievement of the performance condition. If it becomes probable, based on the Company’s performance, that more or less than the current estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment to stock-based compensation expense will be recognized as a change in accounting estimate in the period the probability changes. The stock-based compensation expense for the market-based restricted stock awards is measured at fair value on the date of grant. The market conditions are considered in the grant date fair value using a Monte Carlo valuation model, which utilizes multiple input variables to determine the probability of the Company achieving the specified market conditions. Stock-based compensation expense related to an award with a market condition will be recognized over the requisite service period regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service period has been completed.

During fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a $7.5 million, a $5.2 million and a $45.8 million reversal, respectively, to stock-based compensation expense due to decreased expectations for the vesting of certain restricted stock awards.

In connection with the sale of the AMS business, the vesting for certain outstanding time-based restricted stock awards previously granted to AMS employees was accelerated. As a result, 0.2 million awards were vested during the third quarter of fiscal year 2014, which accelerated approximately $2.4 million of stock-based compensation expense. Such expense is included in income from discontinued operations, net of tax, within the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.

 

83


Table of Contents

At August 31, 2016, there was $53.6 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards granted under the 2011 Plan. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity from August 31, 2015 through August 31, 2016:

 

            Weighted-  
            Average  
            Grant-Date  
     Shares      Fair Value  

Unvested balance at August 31, 2015

     11,931,585       $ 19.44   

Changes during the period

     

Shares granted (a)

     5,376,030       $ 24.02   

Shares vested

     (1,817,635    $ 19.18   

Shares forfeited

     (712,802    $ 20.50   
  

 

 

    

Unvested balance at August 31, 2016

     14,777,178       $ 21.09   
  

 

 

    

 

(a)  For those shares granted that are based on the achievement of certain performance criteria, represents the maximum number of shares that can vest.

c. Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP after 90 days of employment with the Company. The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation, as defined in the ESPP, at a price equal to 85% of the fair value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. There were 1,246,947, 1,005,916 and 1,077,071 shares purchased under the ESPP during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. At August 31, 2016, a total of 11,603,855 shares had been issued under the ESPP.

 

84


Table of Contents

The fair value of shares issued under the ESPP was estimated on the commencement date of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the model for each respective period:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014  

Expected dividend yield

     0.7     0.8     0.9

Risk-free interest rate

     0.3     0.1     0.1

Expected volatility

     28.1     24.5     33.8

Expected life

     0.5 years        0.5 years        0.5 years   

d. Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s cash dividends declared to common stockholders of the Company during fiscal years 2016 and 2015:

 

                 Total of Cash            
     Dividend    Dividend      Dividends      Date of Record for    Dividend Cash
     Declaration Date    per Share      Declared      Dividend Payment    Payment Date
          (in thousands, except for per share data)     

Fiscal year 2016:

   October 14, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,906       November 16, 2015    December 1, 2015
   January 21, 2016    $ 0.08       $ 15,947       February 16, 2016    March 1, 2016
   April 21, 2016    $ 0.08       $ 15,940       May 16, 2016    June 1, 2016
   July 21, 2016    $ 0.08       $ 15,575       August 15, 2016    September 1, 2016

Fiscal year 2015:

   October 16, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 15,973       November 14, 2014    December 1, 2014
   January 21, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 16,020       February 13, 2015    March 2, 2015
   April 15, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,988       May 15, 2015    June 1, 2015
   July 16, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,980       August 14, 2015    September 1, 2015

13. Concentration of Risk and Segment Data

a. Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various domestic and foreign financial institutions. Deposits held with the financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, but may generally be redeemed upon demand. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions and attempts to limit exposure with any one institution. With respect to trade receivables, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for potential credit losses on trade receivables.

Sales of the Company’s products are concentrated among specific customers. For fiscal year 2016, the Company’s five largest customers accounted for approximately 49% of its net revenue and 85 customers accounted for approximately 90% of its net revenue. As the Company is a provider of electronic manufacturing services and solutions and products are built based on customer specifications, it is impracticable to provide revenues from external customers for each product and service. Sales to the following customers who accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenues, expressed as a percentage of consolidated net revenue, and the percentage of accounts receivable for each customer, were as follows:

 

     Percentage of Net Revenue     Percentage of Accounts Receivable  
     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016     2015     2014     2016     2015  

Apple, Inc.

     24     24     18     *     19

 

* Amount was less than 10% of total.

Sales to the above customer were reported in the DMS operating segment.

The Company procures components from a broad group of suppliers. Almost all of the products manufactured by the Company require one or more components that are available from only a single source.

b. Segment Data

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which they may earn revenues and incur expenses; for which separate financial information is available; and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to assess the performance of the individual segment and make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment.

 

85


Table of Contents

The Company derives its revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services. The chief operating decision maker evaluates performance and allocates resources on a segment basis. The Company’s operating segments consist of two segments – EMS and DMS, which are also the Company’s reportable segments. The EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, sharing of the Company’s large scale manufacturing infrastructure and the ability to serve a broad range of end markets. The EMS segment includes customers primarily in the automotive, capital equipment, computing and storage, digital home, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications, point of sale and printing industries. The DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions and a focus on material sciences and technologies. The DMS segment includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, emerging growth, healthcare, mobility and packaging industries.

On April 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of the AMS business except for the Malaysian operations, for which the sale was completed on December 31, 2014. The AMS business was included in the DMS segment, and the results of operations of this business are classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” for further details.

Net revenue for the operating segments is attributed to the segment in which the service is performed. An operating segment’s performance is evaluated based on its pre-tax operating contribution, or segment income. Segment income is defined as net revenue less cost of revenue, segment selling, general and administrative expenses, segment research and development expenses and an allocation of corporate manufacturing expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses, and does not include amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, restructuring and related charges, distressed customer charges, acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments, loss on disposal of subsidiaries, settlement of receivables and related charges, impairment of notes receivable and related charges, goodwill impairment charges, income (loss) from discontinued operations, gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, other expense, interest income, interest expense, income tax expense or adjustment for net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. Total segment assets are defined as accounts receivable, inventories, net customer-related property, plant and equipment, intangible assets net of accumulated amortization and goodwill. All other non-segment assets are reviewed on a global basis by management. Transactions between operating segments are generally recorded at amounts that approximate those at which we would transact with third parties.

 

86


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth operating segment information (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Net revenue

        

EMS

   $ 11,029,132       $ 10,777,810       $ 10,638,588   

DMS

     7,323,954         7,121,386         5,123,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,353,086       $ 17,899,196       $ 15,762,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

Segment income and reconciliation of income before tax

        

EMS

   $ 373,732       $ 297,097       $ 242,181   

DMS

     256,588         372,912         103,188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment income

   $ 630,320       $ 670,009       $ 345,369   

Reconciling items:

        

Amortization of intangibles

     (37,121      (24,449      (23,857

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

     (58,997      (62,563      (8,994

Restructuring and related charges

     (11,369      (33,066      (85,369

Distressed customer charges

     —           —           (15,113

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —           —           (7,962

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments

     —           5,480         —     

Other expense

     (8,380      (5,627      (7,637

Interest income

     9,128         9,953         3,741   

Interest expense

     (136,536      (128,091      (128,055
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

   $ 387,045       $ 431,646       $ 72,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     August 31, 2016      August 31, 2015  

Total assets

     

EMS

   $ 2,615,237       $ 2,865,172   

DMS

     5,012,798         4,241,699   

Other non-allocated assets

     2,694,642         2,484,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,322,677       $ 9,591,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company operates in 28 countries worldwide. Sales to unaffiliated customers are based on the Company’s location that maintains the customer relationship and transacts the external sale. The following tables set forth external net revenue, net of intercompany eliminations, and long-lived asset information where individual countries represent a material portion of the total (in thousands):

 

87


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2016      2015      2014  

External net revenue:

        

Singapore

   $ 4,983,711       $ 5,053,864       $ 2,935,212   

China

     3,873,212         3,941,714         3,614,174   

Mexico

     3,043,609         2,555,502         2,475,393   

U.S.

     1,709,391         2,142,691         2,444,305   

Hungary

     1,130,466         912,669         902,058   

Malaysia

     1,113,456         1,247,897         1,299,543   

Other

     2,499,241         2,044,859         2,091,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,353,086       $ 17,899,196       $ 15,762,146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     August, 31  
     2016      2015  

Long-lived assets:

     

China

   $ 2,031,634       $ 1,676,630   

U.S.

     992,575         946,238   

Singapore

     235,115         62,468   

Mexico

     185,146         173,188   

Taiwan

     149,200         135,316   

Hungary

     106,481         95,084   

Spain

     72,643         74,354   

Malaysia

     63,844         68,467   

Poland

     52,722         52,129   

Other

     334,246         266,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,223,606       $ 3,550,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total foreign source revenue was approximately $16.6 billion, $15.8 billion and $13.3 billion for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Total long-lived assets related to the Company’s foreign operations were approximately $3.2 billion and $2.6 billion at August 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

14. Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company is directly and indirectly affected by changes in certain market conditions. These changes in market conditions may adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and are referred to as market risks. The Company, where deemed appropriate, uses derivatives as risk management tools to mitigate the potential impact of certain market risks. The primary market risks managed by the Company through the use of derivative instruments are foreign currency fluctuation risk and interest rate risk.

All derivative instruments are recorded gross on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on the intended use and designation of the derivative instrument. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is initially reported as a component of AOCI, net of tax, and is subsequently reclassified into the line item within the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the hedged items are recorded in the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is recognized immediately in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses from changes in fair values are recognized in earnings. Cash receipts and cash payments related to derivative instruments are recorded in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

For derivatives accounted for as hedging instruments, the Company formally designates and documents, at inception, the financial instruments as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure, the risk management objective and the strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. In addition, the Company formally performs an assessment, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, to determine whether the financial instruments used in hedging transactions are effective at offsetting changes in the cash flows on the related underlying exposures.

a. Foreign Currency Risk Management

Forward contracts are put in place to manage the foreign currency risk associated with the anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses. A hedging relationship existed with an aggregate notional amount outstanding of $323.3 million

 

88


Table of Contents

and $615.1 million at August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015, respectively. The related forward foreign exchange contracts have been designated as hedging instruments and are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward foreign exchange contract transactions will effectively lock in the value of anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses against foreign currency fluctuations. The anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses being hedged are expected to occur between September 1, 2016 and May 31, 2017.

In addition to derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments and qualify for hedge accounting, the Company also enters into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, fixed purchase obligations and intercompany transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. The aggregate notional amount of these outstanding contracts at August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015, was $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities related to forward foreign exchange contracts measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of August 31, 2016, aggregated by the level in the fair-value hierarchy in which those measurements are classified (in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   $  —           4,270         —         $ 4,270   

Liabilities:

           

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     —           (12,787      —           (12,787
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $  —           (8,517      —         $ (8,517
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s forward foreign exchange contracts are measured on a recurring basis at fair value, based on foreign currency spot rates and forward rates quoted by banks or foreign currency dealers.

The following table presents the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments located on the Consolidated Balance Sheets utilized for foreign currency risk management purposes at August 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

    

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

 
    

Asset Derivatives

    

Liability Derivatives

 
     Balance Sheet    Fair Value at      Fair Value at      Balance Sheet    Fair Value at      Fair Value at  
    

Location

   August 31, 2016      August 31, 2015     

Location

   August 31, 2016      August 31, 2015  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

                 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

  

Prepaid expenses

and other current assets

   $ 420       $ 267       Accrued expenses    $ 1,986       $ 16,509   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

                 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

  

Prepaid expenses

and other current assets

   $ 3,850       $ 5,525       Accrued expenses    $ 10,801       $ 29,529   

As of August 31, 2016 and August 31, 2015, the Company also included gains and losses in AOCI related to changes in fair value of its derivatives utilized for foreign currency risk management purposes and designated as hedging instruments. These gains and losses were not material and the portion that is expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months will be classified as components of net revenue, cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense. The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness and the amount excluded from effectiveness testing were not material for all periods presented and are included as components of net revenue, cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense.

The Company recognized gains and losses in earnings related to changes in fair value of derivatives utilized for foreign currency risk management purposes and not designated as hedging instruments during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014. These amounts were not material and were recognized as components of cost of revenue.

 

89


Table of Contents

b. Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company periodically enters into interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s borrowings.

Fair Value Hedges

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company entered into a series of interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million designated as fair value hedges of a portion of the Company’s 7.750% Senior Notes. Under these interest rate swaps, the Company received fixed rate interest payments and paid interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a spread. The effect of these swaps was to convert fixed rate interest expense on a portion of the 7.750% Senior Notes to floating rate interest expense. Gains and losses related to changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps were recorded to interest expense and offset changes in the fair value of the hedged portion of the underlying 7.750% Senior Notes.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company terminated the interest rate swaps entered into in connection with the 7.750% Senior Notes with a fair value of $12.2 million, including accrued interest of $0.6 million at August 31, 2011. The portion of the fair value that is not accrued interest is recorded as a hedge accounting adjustment to the carrying amount of the 7.750% Senior Notes and is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the 7.750% Senior Notes, which was through July 15, 2016. The Company recorded $2.1 million in amortization as a reduction to interest expense during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. At August 31, 2016 and 2015, the unamortized hedge accounting adjustment recorded is $0.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Cash Flow Hedges

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance, which was the issuance of the 8.250% Senior Notes. The swaps were accounted for as a cash flow hedge and had a notional amount of $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Company settled the swaps by its payment of $43.1 million. The ineffective portion of the swaps was immediately recorded to interest expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The effective portion of the swaps is recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI and is being amortized to interest expense within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes, which is through March 15, 2018. The effective portions of the swaps amortized to interest expense during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were not material. Existing losses related to interest rate risk management hedging arrangements that are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months are not material.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company entered into forward starting swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The forward starting swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million and have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward starting swaps are scheduled to expire on March 15, 2018. If the anticipated debt issuance occurs before March 15, 2018, the contracts will be terminated simultaneously with the debt issuance. The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at the time of termination or expiration. Changes in the fair value of the forward starting swap transactions are recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company entered into interest rate swap transactions to hedge the variable interest rate payments for the Term Loan Facility. In connection with this transaction, the Company will pay interest based upon a fixed rate as agreed upon with the respective counterparties and receive variable rate interest payments based on the one-month LIBOR. The interest rate swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million and have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The interest rate swaps are effective on September 30, 2016 and scheduled to expire on June 30, 2019. The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at each settlement date. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap transactions are recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI.

 

90


Table of Contents

15. Restructuring and Related Charges

2013 Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the restructuring plan that was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”), the Company charged $11.4 million and $34.6 million of restructuring and related charges to the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The 2013 Restructuring Plan is intended to better align our manufacturing capacity in certain geographies and to reduce our worldwide workforce in order to reduce operating expenses. The restructuring and related charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 include cash costs of $8.8 million and $24.3 million related to employee severance and benefit costs, respectively, $0.0 million and $2.8 million related to lease costs, respectively, and $1.4 million and $1.9 million of other related costs, respectively, as well as non-cash costs of $1.2 million and $5.6 million related to asset write-off costs, respectively.

As of August 31, 2016, a total of $161.9 million of the $179.0 million of restructuring and related costs in the 2013 Restructuring Plan have been recognized. Of the $161.9 million recognized to date, $124.2 million was allocated to the EMS segment, $28.8 million was allocated to the DMS segment and $8.9 million was not allocated to a segment. A majority of the total restructuring costs are expected to be related to employee severance and benefit arrangements. The charges related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan, excluding asset write-off costs, are currently expected to result in cash expenditures of approximately $157.4 million that have been or will be payable over the course of the Company’s fiscal years 2013 through 2017. The remaining $17.1 million of the restructuring and related costs expected to be recognized reflects the Company’s intention only and restructuring decisions, and the timing of such decisions, at certain plants are still subject to the finalization of timetables for the transition of functions and consultation with the Company’s employees and their representatives.

The tables below set forth the significant components and activity in the 2013 Restructuring Plan during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

2013 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016

 

            Restructuring     Asset Write-off              
     Liability Balance at      Related     Charge and Other     Cash     Liability Balance at  
     August 31, 2015      Charges     Non-Cash Activity     Payments     August 31, 2016  

Employee severance and benefit costs

   $ 30,047       $ 8,845      $ (454   $ (21,172   $ 17,266   

Lease costs

     64         (43     —          —          21   

Asset write-off costs

     —           1,170        (1,170     —          —     

Other related costs

     846         1,397        —          (1,503     740   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,957       $ 11,369      $ (1,624   $ (22,675   $ 18,027   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

 

            Restructuring      Asset Write-off              
     Liability Balance at      Related      Charge and Other     Cash     Liability Balance at  
     August 31, 2014      Charges      Non-Cash Activity     Payments     August 31, 2015  

Employee severance and benefit costs

   $ 45,246       $ 24,327       $ (4,122   $ (35,404   $ 30,047   

Lease costs

     18         2,777         (12     (2,719     64   

Asset write-off costs

     —           5,565         (5,565     —          —     

Other related costs

     257         1,890         (76     (1,225     846   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,521       $ 34,559       $ (9,775   $ (39,348   $ 30,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

The tables below set forth the significant components and activity in the 2013 Restructuring Plan by reportable segment during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

2013 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016

 

            Restructuring     Asset Write-off              
     Liability Balance at      Related     Charge and Other     Cash     Liability Balance at  
     August 31, 2015      Charges     Non-Cash Activity     Payments     August 31, 2016  

EMS

   $ 28,834         10,693        (1,615     (20,574   $ 17,338   

DMS

     1,960         795        (9     (2,057     689   

Other

     163         (119     —          (44     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,957       $ 11,369      $ (1,624   $ (22,675   $ 18,027   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

 

            Restructuring      Asset Write-off              
     Liability Balance at      Related      Charge and Other     Cash     Liability Balance at  
     August 31, 2014      Charges      Non-Cash Activity     Payments     August 31, 2015  

EMS

   $ 35,504       $ 32,007       $ (9,700   $ (28,977   $ 28,834   

DMS

     8,268         351         (153     (6,506     1,960   

Other

     1,749         2,201         78        (3,865     163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,521       $ 34,559       $ (9,775   $ (39,348   $ 30,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

16. Business Acquisitions

Fiscal year 2016

On November 25, 2015, the Company entered into a master purchase agreement for certain assets and liabilities of various legal entities, collectively referred to as “Hanson”. On January 13, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of the assets for approximately $139.2 million in cash, plus the assumption of certain liabilities of $230.0 million (such liabilities were subsequently paid in February 2016 and classified in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as a component of cash flows from operating activities), with the exception of the real property, which closed on July 7, 2016, for approximately $33.3 million. Hanson is engaged in the business of manufacturing certain parts for customers in the DMS segment.

The acquisition of certain Hanson assets has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $406.4 million, including $276.8 million in property, plant and equipment, $129.6 million in goodwill and intangible assets assigned to customer relationships, liabilities assumed of $230.0 million and $3.9 million of deferred tax liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired assets was recorded to goodwill and was fully allocated to the DMS segment. None of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. A customer relationship was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. The Company expensed transaction costs in connection with the acquisition of approximately $3.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. The results of operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on January 13, 2016. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisition of Hanson is not deemed to be significant.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company completed two additional acquisitions (Inala Technologies Limited and various legal entities collectively referred to as “Shemer Companies”) which were not deemed to be significant individually or in the aggregate. The acquired businesses expanded the Company’s capabilities in capital equipment, networking and telecommunications, and printing. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions totaled approximately $72.3 million in cash.

These two acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $92.2 million, including $19.3 million in goodwill and $31.4 million in intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of $19.9 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates. The excess of the purchase prices over the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $19.3 million was recorded to goodwill and was fully allocated to the EMS segment. None of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The Company expensed transaction costs in connection with the acquisitions of approximately $1.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. The results of operations of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the date of the acquisitions. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisitions are not deemed to be significant individually or in the aggregate.

 

92


Table of Contents

Fiscal year 2015

On July 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. and each of its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Plasticos”) by acquiring 100% of the issued and outstanding common shares of J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. The aggregate purchase price totaled approximately $111.0 million in cash, based on the exchange rate on the date of acquisition.

The acquisition of Plasticos has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $168.5 million, including $41.7 million in goodwill and $32.1 million in intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of $49.7 million were recorded at their estimated fair values based on the exchange rate on the date of acquisition. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company recorded a step acquisition gain of $6.2 million on the previously held Plasticos equity interest of $1.6 million. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $41.7 million was recorded to goodwill. None of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The results of operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on July 1, 2015. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisition of Plasticos is not deemed to be significant.

In connection with the acquisition of Plasticos, the Company acquired $32.1 million of intangible assets, including $24.4 million assigned to customer relationships with an assigned useful life of up to 10 years, $6.5 million assigned to intellectual property with an assigned useful life of up to 5 years and $1.2 million assigned to a definite-lived trade name with an assigned useful life of up to 1 year.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the Company completed five additional acquisitions which were not deemed to be significant individually or in the aggregate. The acquired businesses expanded the Company’s capabilities in consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies and networking and telecommunications. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions totaled approximately $117.0 million in cash.

The acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $167.8 million, including $42.4 million in goodwill and $31.7 million in intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of $50.8 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates. The excess of the purchase prices over the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $42.4 million was recorded to goodwill. None of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The results of operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the date of the acquisitions. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisitions are not deemed to be significant individually or in the aggregate.

Fiscal year 2014

On August 28, 2014, the Company sold its controlling financial interests in two Nypro subsidiaries for $5.2 million. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, the Company recorded a loss on disposal of subsidiaries of $8.0 million within the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

17. New Accounting Guidance

a. Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. The guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability on the balance sheet, consistent with the presentation for debt discounts. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard to address the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. The guidance allows an entity to defer and present debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortize the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The Company elected to early adopt these two standards in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016 on a retrospective basis. The adoption of these two standards did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and resulted in $11.6 million of debt issuance costs being reclassified from other assets to notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligation as of August 31, 2015.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard to simplify the presentation of deferred taxes. The new guidance requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet, as opposed to being presented as current and noncurrent. The Company early adopted this new standard as of the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, applying it prospectively. Prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard to simplify an acquirer’s accounting for adjustments made to provisional amounts recognized in a business combination. The guidance requires the acquirer to recognize any adjustments to provisional amounts identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustments are

 

93


Table of Contents

determined, as opposed to retrospectively applying adjustments to prior periods presented in financial statements. Thus, the acquirer will adjust its financial statements as needed, including recognizing in its current period earnings the effect of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The Company early adopted this new standard during the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, applying it prospectively. The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the recognition of excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies, accounting for forfeitures and classification on the statement of cash flows. The Company elected to early adopt this standard in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, effective as of the beginning of the Company’s fiscal year, September 1, 2015. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Amendments requiring the recognition of excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies within the Consolidated Statements of Operations were adopted prospectively and resulted in the recognition of an immaterial amount of excess tax benefits within income tax expense. This change could create volatility in the Company’s effective tax rate in future periods. The Company has elected to continue to estimate forfeitures expected to occur to determine the amount of compensation expense to be recognized in each period and true-up forfeiture estimates through the vesting dates such that compensation cost is recognized only for awards in which participants complete the requisite service period. Amendments related to presentation within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows were applied retrospectively, and resulted in the reclassification of an immaterial amount of excess tax benefit related to stock awards from financing to operating activities for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

b. Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard which will supersede existing revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP. The new standard is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard deferring the effective date of this accounting guidance by one year. Therefore, the accounting standard is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt this standard and management is currently evaluating which transition approach to use. The Company is currently in the process of assessing what impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the FASB issued a new accounting standard intended to simplify the subsequent measurement of inventory, excluding inventory accounted for under the last-in, first-out or the retail inventory methods. The new standard replaces the current lower of cost or market test with a lower of cost and net realizable value test. Under the current guidance, market could be replacement cost, net realizable value or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This guidance is required to be applied on a prospective basis and is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of assessing what impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. Early application is permitted only for certain provisions, and the update must be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption and applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as of the date of adoption of the standard. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard revising lease accounting. The new guidance requires organizations to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and disclose key information regarding leasing arrangements. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. Early application of the new standard is permitted and must be adopted using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this standard will impact the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company is currently assessing any other impacts this new standard will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard, which replaces the existing incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 and early adoption is permitted beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. This guidance must be applied using a modified retrospective or prospective transition method, depending on the area covered by this accounting standard. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

94


Table of Contents

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred through the date of the filing of the Company’s fiscal year 2016 Form 10-K. No significant events occurred, other than disclosed below, subsequent to the balance sheet date and prior to the filing date of this report that would have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On September 15, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors formally approved a restructuring plan to realign the Company’s global capacity and administrative support infrastructure in order to optimize organizational effectiveness. This action includes headcount reductions across the Company’s Selling, General and Administrative cost base and capacity realignment in higher cost locations (the “2017 Restructuring Plan”). The 2017 Restructuring Plan reflects the Company’s intention only and restructuring decisions, and the timing of such decisions, at certain locations are still subject to consultation with the Company’s employees and their representatives. The Company currently expects to recognize approximately $195.0 million in pre-tax restructuring and other related costs over the course of the Company’s fiscal years 2017 and 2018. The charges relating to the 2017 Restructuring Plan are currently expected to result in net cash expenditures of approximately $50.0 million that will be payable over the course of the Company’s fiscal years 2017 and 2018. The exact timing of these charges and cash outflows, as well as the estimated cost ranges by category type, have not been finalized. This information will be subject to the finalization of timetables for the transition of functions, consultation with employees and their representatives as well as the statutory severance requirements of the particular jurisdictions impacted, and the amount and timing of the actual charges may vary due to a variety of factors. The Company’s estimates for the charges discussed above exclude any potential income tax effects.

 

95


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

Registrant

By:  

/s/ MARK T. MONDELLO

 

Mark T. Mondello

Chief Executive Officer

Date: October 20, 2016

 

96


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark T. Mondello and Forbes I.J. Alexander and each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

   

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

By:  

/s/ TIMOTHY L. MAIN

Timothy L. Main

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   October 18, 2016
By:  

/s/ THOMAS A. SANSONE

Thomas A. Sansone

   Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors   October 18, 2016
By:  

/s/ MARK T. MONDELLO

Mark T. Mondello

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  October 20, 2016
By:  

/s/ FORBES I.J. ALEXANDER

Forbes I.J. Alexander

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Financial and Accounting Officer)

  October 20, 2016
By:  

/s/ ANOUSHEH ANSARI

Anousheh Ansari

   Director   October 18, 2016
By:  

/s/ MARTHA F. BROOKS

Martha F. Brooks

   Director   October 19, 2016
By:  

/s/ FRANK A. NEWMAN

Frank A. Newman

   Director   October 18, 2016
By:  

/s/ JOHN C. PLANT

John C. Plant

   Director   October 19, 2016
By:  

/s/ STEVEN A. RAYMUND

Steven A. Raymund

   Director   October 18, 2016
By:  

/s/ DAVID M. STOUT

David M. Stout

   Director   October 18, 2016

 

97


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

 

            Additions and      Additions/              
     Balance at      Adjustments      (Reductions)              
     Beginning      Charged to Costs      Charged           Balance at  
     of Period      and Expenses      to Other Accounts     Write-offs     End of Period  

Allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable:

            

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2016

   $ 11,663       $ 292       $  —        $ (861   $ 11,094   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

   $ 1,994       $ 11,837       $ —        $ (2,168   $ 11,663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2014

   $ 2,574       $ 17,056       $ —        $ (17,636   $ 1,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            Additions and      Additions/              
     Balance at      Adjustments      (Reductions)              
     Beginning      Charged to Costs      Charged           Balance at  
     of Period      and Expenses      to Other Accounts     Write-offs     End of Period  

Reserve for inventory obsolescence:

            

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2016

   $ 43,477       $ 12,145       $  —        $ (23,401   $ 32,221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

   $ 49,431       $ 10,826       $ —        $ (16,780   $ 43,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2014

   $ 48,168       $ 20,515       $ —        $ (19,252   $ 49,431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            Additions      Additions/              
     Balance at      Charged to      (Reductions)              
     Beginning      Costs and      Charged           Balance at  
     of Period      Expenses      to Other Accounts     Write-offs     End of Period  

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:

            

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2016

   $ 304,820       $ 23,891       $ 28,238      $ (12,121   $ 344,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

   $ 261,285       $ 79,933       $ (29,069   $ (7,329   $ 304,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2014

   $ 280,755       $ 60,334       $ (67,167   $ (12,637   $ 261,285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the increases charged to costs and expenses primarily related to losses in sites with existing valuation allowances. The additions charged to other accounts primarily related to the recognition of excess tax benefits due to the early adoption of the new accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the increases charged to costs and expenses primarily related to losses in sites with existing valuation allowances. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, the increases charged to costs and expenses primarily related to losses in sites with existing valuation allowances, which were reduced by the partial release of the U.S. valuation allowance due to the Nypro acquisition. The reductions charged to other accounts primarily related to the gain on sale of discontinued operations that utilized net operating loss carry forwards.

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.

 

98


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

       

Description

    3.1(19)       Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
    3.2(25)       Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended.
    4.1(2)       Form of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock.
    4.2(9)       Indenture, dated January 16, 2008, with respect to Senior Debt Securities of the Registrant, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee.
    4.3(10)       Form of 8.250% Registered Senior Notes issued on July 18, 2008.
    4.4(11)       Form of 7.750% Registered Senior Notes issued on August 11, 2009.
    4.5(14)       Form of 5.625% Registered Senior Notes issued on November 2, 2010.
    4.6(19)       Form of 4.700% Registered Senior Notes issued on August 3, 2012.
    4.7(11)       Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated August 11, 2009.
    4.8(14)       Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated November 2, 2010.
    4.9(19)       Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated August 3, 2012.
  10.1(3)(4)       1992 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder, as amended.
  10.2(1)(3)       Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k).
  10.3(1)(3)       Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Officers and Directors.
  10.4(3)(13)       Jabil 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.4a(7)       Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement (prior form).
  10.4b(7)       Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-French Subplan Stock Option Agreement (prior form).
  10.4c(7)       Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan CSOP Option Certificate (prior form).
  10.4d(7)       Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan Stock Option Agreement (prior form).
  10.4e(12)       Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form).
  10.4f(13)       Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Time-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form).
  10.4g(13)       Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form).
  10.4h(8)       Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (prior form).
  10.4i(3)(6)       Addendum to the Terms and Conditions of the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in France.
  10.4j(3)(5)       Schedule to the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in the United Kingdom.
  10.5(3)(16)       Jabil 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.6(3)(23)       Jabil 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as amended.
  10.6a(17)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS NON).


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

       

Description

  10.6b(17)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS OEU).
  10.6c(17)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS ONEU).
  10.6d(22)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU2).
  10.6e(22)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – NON-EU2).
  10.6f(22)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer2).
  10.6g(24)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU3).
  10.6h(24)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – Non-EU3).
  10.6i(24)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer3).
  10.6j(26)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU4).
  10.6k(26)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – Non-EU4).
  10.6l(26)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer4).
  10.6m       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU5).
  10.6n       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – Non-EU5).
  10.6o       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer5).
  10.6p(26)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR Officer – EU).
  10.6q(26)       Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR Officer – Non-EU).
  10.6r(17)       Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU DIR).
  10.6s(17)       Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU NON).
  10.6t(17)       Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU OEU).
  10.6u(17)       Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU ONEU).
  10.6v(25)       Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (ACQ TBRSU).
  10.6w(20)       Form of Cash Bonus Award Agreement.
  10.6x(21)       Form of Cash Bonus Award Agreement (Officer – EU).
  10.6y(21)       Form of Cash Bonus Award Agreement (Officer – Non EU).
  10.6z(24)       Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement (SAR Officer – Non EU).
  10.7(3)(15)       Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
  10.8(26)       Amended and Restated Senior Five Year Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2015, among the Registrant; the initial lenders named therein; Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as co-syndication agents; BNP Paribas, Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agents; and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.
  21.1       List of Subsidiaries.
  23.1       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  24.1       Power of Attorney (See Signature page).
  31.1       Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.
  31.2       Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.
  32.1       Section 1350 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.
  32.2       Section 1350 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.
101.INS       XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

       

Description

101.CAL       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.LAB       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document.

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58974) filed by the Registrant on March 3, 1993.
(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibit Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58974) filed by the Registrant on March 17, 1993.
(3) Indicates management compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
(4) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-37701) filed by the Registrant on October 10, 1997.
(5) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-98299) filed by the Registrant on August 16, 2002.
(6) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-106123) filed by the Registrant on June 13, 2003.
(7) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.
(8) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005.
(9) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on January 17, 2008.
(10) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.
(11) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on August 12, 2009.
(12) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.
(13) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.
(14) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on November 2, 2010.
(15) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-172443) filed by the Registrant on February 25, 2011.
(16) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-172458) filed by the Registrant on February 25, 2011.
(17) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended May 31, 2011.
(18) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.
(19) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on August 6, 2012.
(20) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2012.
(21) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2013.
(22) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2013.
(23) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013.
(24) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.
(25) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended May 31, 2015.
(26) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.


Table of Contents

Certain instruments with respect to long-term debt of the Registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries are not filed herewith pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K since the total amount of securities authorized under each such instrument does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.